]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
2bda0e17 | 1 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
faa49bfd WS |
2 | // Name: src/msw/window.cpp |
3 | // Purpose: wxWindowMSW | |
2bda0e17 | 4 | // Author: Julian Smart |
a23fd0e1 | 5 | // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation |
2bda0e17 KB |
6 | // Created: 04/01/98 |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
6c9a19aa | 8 | // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart |
65571936 | 9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence |
2bda0e17 KB |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
11 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
12 | // =========================================================================== |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // =========================================================================== | |
15 | ||
16 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
2bda0e17 KB |
20 | // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h". |
21 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
22 | ||
23 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
09914df7 | 24 | #pragma hdrstop |
2bda0e17 KB |
25 | #endif |
26 | ||
e4db172a WS |
27 | #include "wx/window.h" |
28 | ||
2bda0e17 | 29 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP |
9ed0d735 | 30 | #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h" |
57bd4c60 WS |
31 | #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly" |
32 | #include "wx/msw/missing.h" | |
0c589ad0 | 33 | #include "wx/accel.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
34 | #include "wx/menu.h" |
35 | #include "wx/dc.h" | |
36 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
8e92ccef | 37 | #include "wx/dcmemory.h" |
3a19e16d VZ |
38 | #include "wx/utils.h" |
39 | #include "wx/app.h" | |
3a19e16d VZ |
40 | #include "wx/layout.h" |
41 | #include "wx/dialog.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/frame.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/listbox.h" | |
44 | #include "wx/button.h" | |
3a19e16d | 45 | #include "wx/msgdlg.h" |
1f3943e0 | 46 | #include "wx/settings.h" |
8d753488 | 47 | #include "wx/statbox.h" |
1e2aa2f8 | 48 | #include "wx/sizer.h" |
88a7a4e1 | 49 | #include "wx/intl.h" |
e4db172a | 50 | #include "wx/log.h" |
fec9cc08 | 51 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" |
25466131 | 52 | #include "wx/menuitem.h" |
02761f6c | 53 | #include "wx/module.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
54 | #endif |
55 | ||
61fef19b | 56 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
09914df7 | 57 | #include "wx/ownerdrw.h" |
2bda0e17 KB |
58 | #endif |
59 | ||
5acec112 | 60 | #include "wx/hashmap.h" |
a3dc1da9 | 61 | #include "wx/evtloop.h" |
355debca | 62 | #include "wx/power.h" |
c6430ed0 | 63 | #include "wx/sysopt.h" |
d79df32c | 64 | |
9e2896e5 VZ |
65 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
66 | #include "wx/dnd.h" | |
2bda0e17 KB |
67 | #endif |
68 | ||
ed5317e5 JS |
69 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
70 | #include "wx/access.h" | |
bef8d481 | 71 | #include <ole2.h> |
ed5317e5 JS |
72 | #include <oleacc.h> |
73 | #ifndef WM_GETOBJECT | |
74 | #define WM_GETOBJECT 0x003D | |
75 | #endif | |
76 | #ifndef OBJID_CLIENT | |
77 | #define OBJID_CLIENT 0xFFFFFFFC | |
78 | #endif | |
79 | #endif | |
80 | ||
0c589ad0 BM |
81 | #include "wx/msw/private.h" |
82 | ||
750b78ba | 83 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
42e69d6b | 84 | #include "wx/tooltip.h" |
750b78ba JS |
85 | #endif |
86 | ||
789295bf VZ |
87 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
88 | #include "wx/caret.h" | |
89 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET | |
90 | ||
6fe19057 VZ |
91 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
92 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
93 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
94 | ||
d9317fd4 | 95 | #include "wx/notebook.h" |
5c6c3176 | 96 | #include "wx/listctrl.h" |
aafb9978 | 97 | #include "wx/dynlib.h" |
2a47d3c1 | 98 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
99 | #include <string.h> |
100 | ||
d61c1a6f | 101 | #if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) /* && !defined(__WXWINCE__) */ ) || defined(__CYGWIN10__) |
3a19e16d VZ |
102 | #include <shellapi.h> |
103 | #include <mmsystem.h> | |
2bda0e17 KB |
104 | #endif |
105 | ||
106 | #ifdef __WIN32__ | |
3a19e16d | 107 | #include <windowsx.h> |
2bda0e17 KB |
108 | #endif |
109 | ||
dcfd4ac4 | 110 | #if !defined __WXWINCE__ && !defined NEED_PBT_H |
dbc74bcc WS |
111 | #include <pbt.h> |
112 | #endif | |
2bda0e17 | 113 | |
7f0586ef | 114 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
4e5c6c33 | 115 | #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h" |
7d4f65e3 JS |
116 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
117 | #include <windows.h> | |
118 | #include <shellapi.h> | |
119 | #include <ole2.h> | |
120 | #include <aygshell.h> | |
121 | #endif | |
7f0586ef JS |
122 | #endif |
123 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
124 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
125 | #include "wx/msw/uxtheme.h" | |
126 | #define EP_EDITTEXT 1 | |
127 | #define ETS_NORMAL 1 | |
128 | #define ETS_HOT 2 | |
129 | #define ETS_SELECTED 3 | |
130 | #define ETS_DISABLED 4 | |
131 | #define ETS_FOCUSED 5 | |
132 | #define ETS_READONLY 6 | |
133 | #define ETS_ASSIST 7 | |
134 | #endif | |
135 | ||
aafb9978 | 136 | #if defined(TME_LEAVE) && defined(WM_MOUSELEAVE) && wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
137 | #define HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
138 | #endif // everything needed for TrackMouseEvent() | |
139 | ||
7d86a2d4 VZ |
140 | // if this is set to 1, we use deferred window sizing to reduce flicker when |
141 | // resizing complicated window hierarchies, but this can in theory result in | |
142 | // different behaviour than the old code so we keep the possibility to use it | |
143 | // by setting this to 0 (in the future this should be removed completely) | |
f2197644 JS |
144 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
145 | #define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 0 | |
146 | #else | |
8e44f3ca | 147 | #define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 1 |
f2197644 | 148 | #endif |
8e44f3ca | 149 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
150 | // set this to 1 to filter out duplicate mouse events, e.g. mouse move events |
151 | // when mouse position didnd't change | |
152 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
153 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 0 | |
154 | #else | |
155 | #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 1 | |
156 | #endif | |
157 | ||
2f68482e VZ |
158 | // not all compilers/platforms have X button related declarations (notably |
159 | // Windows CE doesn't, and probably some old SDKs don't neither) | |
160 | #ifdef WM_XBUTTONDOWN | |
161 | #define wxHAS_XBUTTON | |
162 | #endif | |
163 | ||
a23fd0e1 | 164 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
42e69d6b | 165 | // global variables |
a23fd0e1 | 166 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
47cbd6da | 167 | |
1e6feb95 | 168 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2bda0e17 | 169 | wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; |
1e6feb95 VZ |
170 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
171 | ||
46fa338b RR |
172 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
173 | extern wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; | |
174 | #else | |
2ffa221c | 175 | extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; |
46fa338b | 176 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 177 | |
90c1530a VZ |
178 | // true if we had already created the std colour map, used by |
179 | // wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged() (FIXME-MT) | |
08158721 | 180 | static bool gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 181 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
182 | // last mouse event information we need to filter out the duplicates |
183 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
2b053ae9 | 184 | static struct MouseEventInfoDummy |
c358ea41 VZ |
185 | { |
186 | // mouse position (in screen coordinates) | |
187 | wxPoint pos; | |
188 | ||
189 | // last mouse event type | |
190 | wxEventType type; | |
191 | } gs_lastMouseEvent; | |
192 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
193 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
194 | // hash containing the registered handlers for the custom messages |
195 | WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, wxWindow::MSWMessageHandler, | |
196 | wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual, | |
197 | MSWMessageHandlers); | |
198 | ||
199 | static MSWMessageHandlers gs_messageHandlers; | |
200 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
201 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
202 | // private functions | |
203 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
204 | ||
205 | // the window proc for all our windows | |
3135f4a7 | 206 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, |
42e69d6b | 207 | WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); |
577baeef | 208 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
209 | |
210 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
4a712ba3 | 211 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message); |
42e69d6b | 212 | #endif //__WXDEBUG__ |
2bda0e17 | 213 | |
1e6feb95 | 214 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win); |
cc972ac6 | 215 | extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win); |
2bda0e17 KB |
216 | wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd); |
217 | ||
f6bcfd97 | 218 | // get the text metrics for the current font |
1e6feb95 VZ |
219 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win); |
220 | ||
42b1fb63 | 221 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 222 | // find the window for the mouse event at the specified position |
42b1fb63 VZ |
223 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y); |
224 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
dfafa702 | 225 | |
c48926e1 | 226 | // wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API |
44d5b352 | 227 | static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd) |
c48926e1 VZ |
228 | { |
229 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
230 | // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the window to the top, | |
231 | // which can be the wrong one. | |
232 | ||
233 | // activate (set focus to) specified window | |
234 | ::SetFocus(hwnd); | |
313901f3 | 235 | #endif |
c48926e1 VZ |
236 | |
237 | // raise top level parent to top of z order | |
313901f3 | 238 | if (!::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE)) |
c48926e1 | 239 | { |
313901f3 | 240 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos")); |
c48926e1 | 241 | } |
c48926e1 | 242 | } |
f6bcfd97 | 243 | |
e0c5c96f VZ |
244 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
245 | ||
ee471817 VZ |
246 | // ensure that all our parent windows have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style |
247 | static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent) | |
248 | { | |
249 | /* | |
250 | If we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our | |
251 | parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using | |
252 | GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as | |
253 | IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed, | |
254 | all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the currently | |
255 | focused one and stop iterating when they get back to the focus but | |
256 | unless all parents have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never | |
257 | get back to the initial (focused) window: as we do have this style, | |
258 | GetNextDlgTabItem() will leave this window and continue in its parent, | |
259 | but if the parent doesn't have it, it wouldn't recurse inside it later | |
90e572f1 | 260 | on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window either. |
ee471817 | 261 | */ |
ee471817 VZ |
262 | while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() ) |
263 | { | |
264 | LONG exStyle = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE); | |
265 | if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) | |
266 | { | |
267 | // force the parent to have this style | |
268 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE, | |
269 | exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT); | |
270 | } | |
271 | ||
272 | parent = parent->GetParent(); | |
273 | } | |
ee471817 VZ |
274 | } |
275 | ||
e0c5c96f VZ |
276 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
277 | ||
f2325516 JS |
278 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
279 | // On Windows CE, GetCursorPos can return an error, so use this function | |
280 | // instead | |
281 | bool GetCursorPosWinCE(POINT* pt) | |
282 | { | |
7d30268c JS |
283 | if (!GetCursorPos(pt)) |
284 | { | |
285 | DWORD pos = GetMessagePos(); | |
286 | pt->x = LOWORD(pos); | |
287 | pt->y = HIWORD(pos); | |
288 | } | |
f2325516 JS |
289 | return true; |
290 | } | |
291 | #endif | |
292 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
293 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
294 | // event tables | |
295 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
296 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
297 | // in wxUniv/MSW this class is abstract because it doesn't have DoPopupMenu() |
298 | // method | |
299 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
300 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
301 | #else // __WXMSW__ | |
51596bcb | 302 | #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI |
6a89f9ee | 303 | |
f3291a82 SC |
304 | // windows that are created from a parent window during its Create method, eg. spin controls in a calendar controls |
305 | // must never been streamed out separately otherwise chaos occurs. Right now easiest is to test for negative ids, as | |
306 | // windows with negative ids never can be recreated anyway | |
307 | ||
308 | bool wxWindowStreamingCallback( const wxObject *object, wxWriter * , wxPersister * , wxxVariantArray & ) | |
309 | { | |
310 | const wxWindow * win = dynamic_cast<const wxWindow*>(object) ; | |
311 | if ( win && win->GetId() < 0 ) | |
312 | return false ; | |
313 | return true ; | |
314 | } | |
315 | ||
316 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxWindow, wxWindowBase,"wx/window.h", wxWindowStreamingCallback) | |
51596bcb | 317 | |
6a89f9ee SC |
318 | // make wxWindowList known before the property is used |
319 | ||
321239b6 | 320 | wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxWindow* , wxWindowList ) ; |
6a89f9ee SC |
321 | |
322 | template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxWindowList const &theList, wxxVariantArray &value) | |
323 | { | |
0c6b0084 | 324 | wxListCollectionToVariantArray<wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator>( theList , value ) ; |
6a89f9ee SC |
325 | } |
326 | ||
bc9fb572 JS |
327 | WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) |
328 | ||
321239b6 | 329 | wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) |
bc9fb572 JS |
330 | // new style border flags, we put them first to |
331 | // use them for streaming out | |
5c6c3176 | 332 | |
321239b6 SC |
333 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE) |
334 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN) | |
335 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE) | |
336 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED) | |
337 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC) | |
338 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE) | |
35bbb0c6 | 339 | |
bc9fb572 | 340 | // old style border flags |
321239b6 SC |
341 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER) |
342 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER) | |
343 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER) | |
344 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER) | |
345 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER) | |
cb0afb26 | 346 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER) |
bc9fb572 JS |
347 | |
348 | // standard window styles | |
321239b6 SC |
349 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) |
350 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN) | |
351 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW) | |
352 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS) | |
cb0afb26 | 353 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) |
321239b6 SC |
354 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB ) |
355 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL) | |
356 | wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL) | |
357 | ||
358 | wxEND_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle ) | |
359 | ||
360 | wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxWindow) | |
3a3c8603 DS |
361 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Close , wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW , wxCloseEvent) |
362 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Create , wxEVT_CREATE , wxWindowCreateEvent ) | |
363 | wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Destroy , wxEVT_DESTROY , wxWindowDestroyEvent ) | |
51741307 SC |
364 | // Always constructor Properties first |
365 | ||
af498247 | 366 | wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Parent,wxWindow*, GetParent, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) |
fb7e28db | 367 | wxPROPERTY( Id,wxWindowID, SetId, GetId, -1 /*wxID_ANY*/ , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") ) |
abb74e0f WS |
368 | wxPROPERTY( Position,wxPoint, SetPosition , GetPosition, wxDefaultPosition , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // pos |
369 | wxPROPERTY( Size,wxSize, SetSize, GetSize, wxDefaultSize , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // size | |
af498247 | 370 | wxPROPERTY( WindowStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style |
51741307 SC |
371 | |
372 | // Then all relations of the object graph | |
373 | ||
321239b6 | 374 | wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( Children , wxWindowList , wxWindowBase* , GetWindowChildren , wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) |
51741307 SC |
375 | |
376 | // and finally all other properties | |
377 | ||
3a3c8603 DS |
378 | wxPROPERTY( ExtraStyle , long , SetExtraStyle , GetExtraStyle , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // extstyle |
379 | wxPROPERTY( BackgroundColour , wxColour , SetBackgroundColour , GetBackgroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // bg | |
380 | wxPROPERTY( ForegroundColour , wxColour , SetForegroundColour , GetForegroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // fg | |
381 | wxPROPERTY( Enabled , bool , Enable , IsEnabled , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) | |
382 | wxPROPERTY( Shown , bool , Show , IsShown , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) | |
51741307 SC |
383 | #if 0 |
384 | // possible property candidates (not in xrc) or not valid in all subclasses | |
8b5d5223 | 385 | wxPROPERTY( Title,wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxEmptyString ) |
3a3c8603 | 386 | wxPROPERTY( Font , wxFont , SetFont , GetWindowFont , ) |
8b5d5223 | 387 | wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxEmptyString ) |
3a3c8603 DS |
388 | // MaxHeight, Width , MinHeight , Width |
389 | // TODO switch label to control and title to toplevels | |
6a89f9ee | 390 | |
3a3c8603 DS |
391 | wxPROPERTY( ThemeEnabled , bool , SetThemeEnabled , GetThemeEnabled , ) |
392 | //wxPROPERTY( Cursor , wxCursor , SetCursor , GetCursor , ) | |
393 | // wxPROPERTY( ToolTip , wxString , SetToolTip , GetToolTipText , ) | |
394 | wxPROPERTY( AutoLayout , bool , SetAutoLayout , GetAutoLayout , ) | |
6a89f9ee SC |
395 | |
396 | ||
397 | ||
51741307 | 398 | #endif |
321239b6 | 399 | wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE() |
51596bcb | 400 | |
321239b6 SC |
401 | wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxWindow) |
402 | wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE() | |
51596bcb | 403 | |
321239b6 | 404 | wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(wxWindow) |
6a89f9ee | 405 | |
51596bcb | 406 | #else |
1e6feb95 | 407 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase) |
51596bcb | 408 | #endif |
1e6feb95 VZ |
409 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__ |
410 | ||
411 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase) | |
1e6feb95 | 412 | EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged) |
8681b094 | 413 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground) |
79099b80 | 414 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1e6feb95 | 415 | EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog) |
79099b80 | 416 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
417 | END_EVENT_TABLE() |
418 | ||
a23fd0e1 VZ |
419 | // =========================================================================== |
420 | // implementation | |
421 | // =========================================================================== | |
422 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
423 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
424 | // wxWindow utility functions | |
425 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
426 | ||
2bda0e17 | 427 | // Find an item given the MS Windows id |
1e6feb95 | 428 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const |
2bda0e17 | 429 | { |
1e6feb95 | 430 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f7637829 | 431 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl); |
f048e32f VZ |
432 | if ( item ) |
433 | { | |
90e572f1 | 434 | // is it us or one of our "internal" children? |
1e6feb95 VZ |
435 | if ( item->GetId() == id |
436 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
437 | || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
438 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
439 | ) | |
f048e32f VZ |
440 | { |
441 | return item; | |
442 | } | |
443 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 444 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
f048e32f | 445 | |
222ed1d6 | 446 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d JS |
447 | while (current) |
448 | { | |
42e69d6b | 449 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); |
2bda0e17 | 450 | |
42e69d6b | 451 | wxWindow *wnd = childWin->FindItem(id); |
cc2b7472 | 452 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 453 | return wnd; |
2bda0e17 | 454 | |
42e69d6b | 455 | current = current->GetNext(); |
2bda0e17 | 456 | } |
42e69d6b | 457 | |
2d0a075d | 458 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
459 | } |
460 | ||
461 | // Find an item given the MS Windows handle | |
1e6feb95 | 462 | wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const |
2bda0e17 | 463 | { |
222ed1d6 | 464 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
2d0a075d | 465 | while (current) |
2bda0e17 | 466 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
467 | wxWindow *parent = current->GetData(); |
468 | ||
2d0a075d | 469 | // Do a recursive search. |
42e69d6b | 470 | wxWindow *wnd = parent->FindItemByHWND(hWnd); |
cc2b7472 | 471 | if ( wnd ) |
42e69d6b | 472 | return wnd; |
2d0a075d | 473 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
474 | if ( !controlOnly |
475 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
476 | || parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) | |
477 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS | |
478 | ) | |
2d0a075d | 479 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
480 | wxWindow *item = current->GetData(); |
481 | if ( item->GetHWND() == hWnd ) | |
2d0a075d JS |
482 | return item; |
483 | else | |
484 | { | |
485 | if ( item->ContainsHWND(hWnd) ) | |
486 | return item; | |
487 | } | |
488 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
489 | |
490 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
2bda0e17 | 491 | } |
2d0a075d | 492 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
493 | } |
494 | ||
495 | // Default command handler | |
1e6feb95 | 496 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id)) |
2bda0e17 | 497 | { |
08158721 | 498 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
499 | } |
500 | ||
fd3f686c VZ |
501 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
502 | // constructors and such | |
503 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
504 | ||
1e6feb95 | 505 | void wxWindowMSW::Init() |
2bda0e17 | 506 | { |
cc2b7472 | 507 | // MSW specific |
08158721 | 508 | m_isBeingDeleted = false; |
5a403e3f | 509 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
08158721 DS |
510 | m_mouseInWindow = false; |
511 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; | |
2bda0e17 | 512 | |
a1037371 | 513 | m_frozenness = 0; |
d7cbabe0 | 514 | |
319fefa9 | 515 | m_hWnd = 0; |
220f77b0 | 516 | m_hDWP = 0; |
319fefa9 | 517 | |
2d0a075d JS |
518 | m_xThumbSize = 0; |
519 | m_yThumbSize = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 520 | |
67644c1d RD |
521 | m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; |
522 | m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
523 | |
524 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ | |
525 | m_contextMenuEnabled = false; | |
526 | #endif | |
fd3f686c VZ |
527 | } |
528 | ||
2bda0e17 | 529 | // Destructor |
1e6feb95 | 530 | wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW() |
2bda0e17 | 531 | { |
08158721 | 532 | m_isBeingDeleted = true; |
2bda0e17 | 533 | |
2e9f62da | 534 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4a41c655 | 535 | // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us: |
2e9f62da | 536 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
4a41c655 | 537 | { |
085ad686 | 538 | wxTopLevelWindow *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); |
4a41c655 VS |
539 | if ( frame ) |
540 | { | |
c5053639 | 541 | if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this ) |
2e9f62da | 542 | { |
085ad686 | 543 | frame->SetLastFocus(NULL); |
2e9f62da | 544 | } |
4552892f VZ |
545 | |
546 | // apparently sometimes we can end up with our grand parent | |
547 | // pointing to us as well: this is surely a bug in focus handling | |
548 | // code but it's not clear where it happens so for now just try to | |
549 | // fix it here by not breaking out of the loop | |
550 | //break; | |
4a41c655 VS |
551 | } |
552 | } | |
2e9f62da | 553 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2bda0e17 | 554 | |
cc0c7cd8 | 555 | // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent. |
90e572f1 | 556 | // If we did it the other way around, children wouldn't be able |
cc0c7cd8 VS |
557 | // find their parent frame (see above). |
558 | DestroyChildren(); | |
559 | ||
cc2b7472 | 560 | if ( m_hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 561 | { |
98440bc3 VZ |
562 | // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here |
563 | //if (::IsWindow(GetHwnd())) | |
df61c009 JS |
564 | { |
565 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
f6bcfd97 | 566 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); |
df61c009 | 567 | } |
2bda0e17 | 568 | |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
569 | // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association |
570 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); | |
571 | } | |
d7cbabe0 | 572 | |
2bda0e17 KB |
573 | } |
574 | ||
fd3f686c | 575 | // real construction (Init() must have been called before!) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
576 | bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent, |
577 | wxWindowID id, | |
578 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
579 | const wxSize& size, | |
580 | long style, | |
581 | const wxString& name) | |
2d0a075d | 582 | { |
08158721 | 583 | wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") ); |
2bda0e17 | 584 | |
8d99be5f | 585 | if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) ) |
08158721 | 586 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 587 | |
fd3f686c | 588 | parent->AddChild(this); |
2bda0e17 | 589 | |
b2d5a7ee | 590 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
e49d97e6 | 591 | DWORD msflags = MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(&exstyle); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
592 | |
593 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
d1fe917b | 594 | // no borders, we draw them ourselves |
76c79ff4 VZ |
595 | exstyle &= ~(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME | |
596 | WS_EX_STATICEDGE | | |
597 | WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE | | |
598 | WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE); | |
d1fe917b | 599 | msflags &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee | 600 | #endif // wxUniversal |
1e6feb95 | 601 | |
ff792344 | 602 | if ( IsShown() ) |
e49d97e6 VZ |
603 | { |
604 | msflags |= WS_VISIBLE; | |
605 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 606 | |
45956e37 VZ |
607 | if ( !MSWCreate(wxCanvasClassName, NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) ) |
608 | return false; | |
609 | ||
610 | InheritAttributes(); | |
611 | ||
612 | return true; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
613 | } |
614 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
615 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
616 | // basic operations | |
617 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
618 | ||
1e6feb95 | 619 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus() |
2bda0e17 | 620 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 621 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1e6feb95 VZ |
622 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") ); |
623 | ||
7f0586ef | 624 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 625 | ::SetLastError(0); |
8cb172b4 | 626 | #endif |
d0a3d109 | 627 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
628 | if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) ) |
629 | { | |
5262eb0a | 630 | #if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
631 | // was there really an error? |
632 | DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError(); | |
633 | if ( dwRes ) | |
634 | { | |
5262eb0a VZ |
635 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); |
636 | if ( hwndFocus != hWnd ) | |
637 | { | |
638 | wxLogApiError(_T("SetFocus"), dwRes); | |
639 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 640 | } |
5262eb0a | 641 | #endif // Debug |
1e6feb95 | 642 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
643 | } |
644 | ||
ddf9d04f VZ |
645 | void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd() |
646 | { | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
647 | // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from |
648 | // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what | |
649 | // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the | |
650 | // same LNF as the native programs | |
651 | if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_HASSETSEL ) | |
652 | { | |
653 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1); | |
654 | } | |
1b1ca07a VZ |
655 | |
656 | // do this after (maybe) setting the selection as like this when | |
657 | // wxEVT_SET_FOCUS handler is called, the selection would have been already | |
658 | // set correctly -- this may be important | |
659 | wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd(); | |
ddf9d04f VZ |
660 | } |
661 | ||
42e69d6b | 662 | // Get the window with the focus |
0fe02759 | 663 | wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoFindFocus() |
42e69d6b VZ |
664 | { |
665 | HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus(); | |
666 | if ( hWnd ) | |
667 | { | |
a2242341 | 668 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
42e69d6b VZ |
669 | } |
670 | ||
671 | return NULL; | |
672 | } | |
673 | ||
47a8a4d5 | 674 | void wxWindowMSW::DoEnable( bool enable ) |
2bda0e17 | 675 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 676 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
cc2b7472 | 677 | if ( hWnd ) |
2d0a075d | 678 | ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable); |
2bda0e17 KB |
679 | } |
680 | ||
1e6feb95 | 681 | bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show) |
42e69d6b VZ |
682 | { |
683 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) ) | |
08158721 | 684 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
685 | |
686 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
42e69d6b | 687 | |
a068160f VZ |
688 | // we could be called before the underlying window is created (this is |
689 | // actually useful to prevent it from being initially shown), e.g. | |
690 | // | |
691 | // wxFoo *foo = new wxFoo; | |
692 | // foo->Hide(); | |
693 | // foo->Create(parent, ...); | |
694 | // | |
695 | // should work without errors | |
696 | if ( hWnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 697 | { |
a068160f | 698 | ::ShowWindow(hWnd, show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE); |
42e69d6b VZ |
699 | } |
700 | ||
08158721 | 701 | return true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
702 | } |
703 | ||
376d7d97 VZ |
704 | bool |
705 | wxWindowMSW::MSWShowWithEffect(bool show, | |
706 | wxShowEffect effect, | |
707 | unsigned timeout, | |
708 | wxDirection dir) | |
709 | { | |
710 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *AnimateWindow_t)(HWND, DWORD, DWORD); | |
711 | ||
712 | static AnimateWindow_t s_pfnAnimateWindow = NULL; | |
713 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
714 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
715 | { | |
716 | wxLogNull noLog; | |
717 | ||
718 | wxDynamicLibrary dllUser32(_T("user32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM); | |
719 | wxDL_INIT_FUNC(s_pfn, AnimateWindow, dllUser32); | |
720 | ||
721 | s_initDone = true; | |
722 | ||
723 | // notice that it's ok to unload user32.dll here as it won't be really | |
724 | // unloaded, being still in use because we link to it statically too | |
725 | } | |
726 | ||
727 | if ( !s_pfnAnimateWindow ) | |
728 | return Show(show); | |
729 | ||
730 | // prepare to use AnimateWindow() | |
731 | ||
732 | if ( !timeout ) | |
733 | timeout = 200; // this is the default animation timeout, per MSDN | |
734 | ||
735 | DWORD dwFlags = show ? 0 : AW_HIDE; | |
736 | bool needsDir = false; | |
737 | switch ( effect ) | |
738 | { | |
739 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL: | |
740 | needsDir = true; | |
741 | break; | |
742 | ||
743 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE: | |
744 | needsDir = true; | |
745 | dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE; | |
746 | break; | |
747 | ||
748 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_BLEND: | |
749 | dwFlags |= AW_BLEND; | |
750 | break; | |
751 | ||
752 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_EXPAND: | |
753 | dwFlags |= AW_CENTER; | |
754 | break; | |
755 | ||
756 | ||
757 | case wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX: | |
758 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid window show effect") ); | |
759 | return false; | |
760 | ||
761 | default: | |
762 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown window show effect") ); | |
763 | return false; | |
764 | } | |
765 | ||
766 | if ( needsDir ) | |
767 | { | |
768 | switch ( dir ) | |
769 | { | |
770 | case wxTOP: | |
771 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_NEGATIVE; | |
772 | break; | |
773 | ||
774 | case wxBOTTOM: | |
775 | dwFlags |= AW_VER_POSITIVE; | |
776 | break; | |
777 | ||
778 | case wxLEFT: | |
779 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_NEGATIVE; | |
780 | break; | |
781 | ||
782 | case wxRIGHT: | |
783 | dwFlags |= AW_HOR_POSITIVE; | |
784 | break; | |
785 | ||
786 | default: | |
787 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown window effect direction") ); | |
788 | return false; | |
789 | } | |
790 | } | |
791 | else // animation effect which doesn't need the direction | |
792 | { | |
793 | wxASSERT_MSG( dir == wxBOTTOM, | |
794 | _T("non-default direction used unnecessarily") ); | |
795 | } | |
796 | ||
797 | ||
798 | if ( !(*s_pfnAnimateWindow)(GetHwnd(), timeout, dwFlags) ) | |
799 | { | |
800 | wxLogLastError(_T("AnimateWindow")); | |
801 | ||
802 | return false; | |
803 | } | |
804 | ||
805 | return true; | |
806 | } | |
807 | ||
42e69d6b | 808 | // Raise the window to the top of the Z order |
1e6feb95 | 809 | void wxWindowMSW::Raise() |
42e69d6b | 810 | { |
c48926e1 | 811 | wxBringWindowToTop(GetHwnd()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
812 | } |
813 | ||
814 | // Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order | |
1e6feb95 | 815 | void wxWindowMSW::Lower() |
42e69d6b VZ |
816 | { |
817 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
818 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
819 | } | |
820 | ||
94633ad9 | 821 | void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 822 | { |
a23fd0e1 | 823 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1e6feb95 | 824 | if ( hWnd ) |
2d0a075d | 825 | { |
1e6feb95 | 826 | ::SetCapture(hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 827 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
828 | } |
829 | ||
94633ad9 | 830 | void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse() |
2bda0e17 | 831 | { |
1e6feb95 | 832 | if ( !::ReleaseCapture() ) |
2d0a075d | 833 | { |
1e6feb95 | 834 | wxLogLastError(_T("ReleaseCapture")); |
2d0a075d | 835 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
836 | } |
837 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
838 | /* static */ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture() |
839 | { | |
840 | HWND hwnd = ::GetCapture(); | |
841 | return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd) : (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
842 | } | |
843 | ||
844 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font) | |
2bda0e17 | 845 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
846 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) ) |
847 | { | |
848 | // nothing to do | |
08158721 | 849 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 850 | } |
195896c7 | 851 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
852 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
853 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
854 | { | |
855 | WXHANDLE hFont = m_font.GetResourceHandle(); | |
2bda0e17 | 856 | |
223d09f6 | 857 | wxASSERT_MSG( hFont, wxT("should have valid font") ); |
3a19e16d | 858 | |
c50f1fb9 | 859 | ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0)); |
42e69d6b | 860 | } |
2bda0e17 | 861 | |
08158721 | 862 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 863 | } |
1e6feb95 | 864 | bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor) |
2bda0e17 | 865 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
866 | if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) ) |
867 | { | |
868 | // no change | |
08158721 | 869 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
870 | } |
871 | ||
8e75dca8 VZ |
872 | // don't "overwrite" busy cursor |
873 | if ( m_cursor.Ok() && !wxIsBusy() ) | |
8a9c2246 | 874 | { |
a8b2285e VZ |
875 | // normally we should change the cursor only if it's over this window |
876 | // but we should do it always if we capture the mouse currently | |
877 | bool set = HasCapture(); | |
878 | if ( !set ) | |
879 | { | |
880 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
881 | ||
882 | POINT point; | |
883 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
884 | ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&point); | |
885 | #else | |
886 | ::GetCursorPos(&point); | |
887 | #endif | |
888 | ||
889 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(hWnd); | |
890 | ||
891 | set = ::PtInRect(&rect, point) != 0; | |
892 | } | |
893 | ||
894 | if ( set ) | |
895 | { | |
896 | ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor)); | |
897 | } | |
898 | //else: will be set later when the mouse enters this window | |
8a9c2246 | 899 | } |
3a19e16d | 900 | |
08158721 | 901 | return true; |
3a19e16d VZ |
902 | } |
903 | ||
d7e0024b | 904 | void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer(int x, int y) |
2bda0e17 | 905 | { |
1e6feb95 | 906 | ClientToScreen(&x, &y); |
42e69d6b | 907 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
908 | if ( !::SetCursorPos(x, y) ) |
909 | { | |
910 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetCursorPos")); | |
911 | } | |
2bda0e17 KB |
912 | } |
913 | ||
1ca78aa1 | 914 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state) |
d7e0024b | 915 | { |
1ca78aa1 | 916 | // WM_CHANGEUISTATE only appeared in Windows 2000 so it can do us no good |
d7e0024b VZ |
917 | // to use it on older systems -- and could possibly do some harm |
918 | static int s_needToUpdate = -1; | |
919 | if ( s_needToUpdate == -1 ) | |
920 | { | |
921 | int verMaj, verMin; | |
406d283a | 922 | s_needToUpdate = wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) == wxOS_WINDOWS_NT && |
d7e0024b VZ |
923 | verMaj >= 5; |
924 | } | |
925 | ||
926 | if ( s_needToUpdate ) | |
927 | { | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
928 | // we send WM_CHANGEUISTATE so if nothing needs changing then the system |
929 | // won't send WM_UPDATEUISTATE | |
930 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(action, state), 0); | |
d7e0024b VZ |
931 | } |
932 | } | |
933 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
934 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
935 | // scrolling stuff | |
936 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 937 | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
938 | inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient) |
939 | { | |
940 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ | |
941 | return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient); | |
942 | #else | |
f676b387 | 943 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
4676948b | 944 | scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO); |
7f0586ef | 945 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_POS; |
e795e8b5 | 946 | ::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, wOrient, &scrollInfo ); |
a71d815b | 947 | |
7f0586ef | 948 | return scrollInfo.nPos; |
e795e8b5 | 949 | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
950 | #endif |
951 | } | |
952 | ||
1e6feb95 | 953 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 954 | { |
42e69d6b | 955 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
9cd6d737 VZ |
956 | wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, _T("no HWND in GetScrollPos") ); |
957 | ||
0cf5de11 | 958 | return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT); |
42e69d6b | 959 | } |
2bda0e17 | 960 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
961 | // This now returns the whole range, not just the number |
962 | // of positions that we can scroll. | |
1e6feb95 | 963 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const |
42e69d6b | 964 | { |
7f0586ef | 965 | int maxPos; |
a23fd0e1 | 966 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
0cf5de11 | 967 | if ( !hWnd ) |
42e69d6b | 968 | return 0; |
7f0586ef | 969 | #if 0 |
0cf5de11 VZ |
970 | ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
971 | &minPos, &maxPos); | |
7f0586ef | 972 | #endif |
f676b387 | 973 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
7f0586ef JS |
974 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_RANGE; |
975 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, | |
f676b387 RD |
976 | orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
977 | &scrollInfo) ) | |
7f0586ef | 978 | { |
f676b387 RD |
979 | // Most of the time this is not really an error, since the return |
980 | // value can also be zero when there is no scrollbar yet. | |
981 | // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo")); | |
7f0586ef JS |
982 | } |
983 | maxPos = scrollInfo.nMax; | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
984 | |
985 | // undo "range - 1" done in SetScrollbar() | |
986 | return maxPos + 1; | |
cc2b7472 | 987 | } |
2bda0e17 | 988 | |
1e6feb95 | 989 | int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const |
2bda0e17 | 990 | { |
0cf5de11 | 991 | return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_xThumbSize : m_yThumbSize; |
2bda0e17 KB |
992 | } |
993 | ||
1e6feb95 | 994 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh) |
2bda0e17 | 995 | { |
5f3286d1 VZ |
996 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
997 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("SetScrollPos: no HWND") ); | |
72fd19a1 | 998 | |
0cf5de11 | 999 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; |
42e69d6b VZ |
1000 | info.nPage = 0; |
1001 | info.nMin = 0; | |
1002 | info.nPos = pos; | |
1003 | info.fMask = SIF_POS; | |
a647d42a VZ |
1004 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) ) |
1005 | { | |
1006 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
1007 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
1008 | } | |
2d0a075d | 1009 | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1010 | ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
1011 | &info, refresh); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
1012 | } |
1013 | ||
42e69d6b | 1014 | // New function that will replace some of the above. |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1015 | void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient, |
1016 | int pos, | |
1017 | int pageSize, | |
1018 | int range, | |
1019 | bool refresh) | |
1020 | { | |
1021 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info; | |
1022 | info.nPage = pageSize; | |
1023 | info.nMin = 0; // range is nMax - nMin + 1 | |
1024 | info.nMax = range - 1; // as both nMax and nMax are inclusive | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1025 | info.nPos = pos; |
1026 | info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS; | |
a647d42a VZ |
1027 | if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) ) |
1028 | { | |
1029 | // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then | |
1030 | info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; | |
1031 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 1032 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1033 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1034 | if ( hWnd ) | |
81d66cf3 | 1035 | { |
55a667b6 JS |
1036 | // We have to set the variables here to make them valid in events |
1037 | // triggered by ::SetScrollInfo() | |
1038 | *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize; | |
521bf4ff | 1039 | |
0cf5de11 VZ |
1040 | ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT, |
1041 | &info, refresh); | |
81d66cf3 JS |
1042 | } |
1043 | } | |
1044 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1045 | void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect) |
2bda0e17 | 1046 | { |
574c939e KB |
1047 | RECT rect; |
1048 | RECT *pr; | |
1e6feb95 | 1049 | if ( prect ) |
2d0a075d | 1050 | { |
f9c980f6 | 1051 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*prect, rect); |
f797e53d VZ |
1052 | pr = ▭ |
1053 | } | |
1054 | else | |
1055 | { | |
1056 | pr = NULL; | |
304b8bc1 | 1057 | |
2d0a075d | 1058 | } |
2bda0e17 | 1059 | |
7f0586ef JS |
1060 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1061 | // FIXME: is this the exact equivalent of the line below? | |
304b8bc1 | 1062 | ::ScrollWindowEx(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr, 0, 0, SW_SCROLLCHILDREN|SW_ERASE|SW_INVALIDATE); |
7f0586ef | 1063 | #else |
f797e53d | 1064 | ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr); |
7f0586ef | 1065 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
1066 | } |
1067 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1068 | static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count) |
b9b3393e | 1069 | { |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1070 | int posStart = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); |
1071 | ||
1072 | int pos = posStart; | |
c0cdd6cc VZ |
1073 | for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ ) |
1074 | { | |
1075 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, kind, 0); | |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1076 | |
1077 | int posNew = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT); | |
1078 | if ( posNew == pos ) | |
1079 | { | |
1080 | // don't bother to continue, we're already at top/bottom | |
1081 | break; | |
1082 | } | |
1083 | ||
1084 | pos = posNew; | |
c0cdd6cc | 1085 | } |
9cd6d737 VZ |
1086 | |
1087 | return pos != posStart; | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1088 | } |
1089 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1090 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollLines(int lines) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1091 | { |
1092 | bool down = lines > 0; | |
1093 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1094 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1095 | down ? SB_LINEDOWN : SB_LINEUP, | |
1096 | down ? lines : -lines); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1097 | } |
1098 | ||
9cd6d737 | 1099 | bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages) |
b9b3393e VZ |
1100 | { |
1101 | bool down = pages > 0; | |
1102 | ||
9cd6d737 VZ |
1103 | return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(), |
1104 | down ? SB_PAGEDOWN : SB_PAGEUP, | |
1105 | down ? pages : -pages); | |
b9b3393e VZ |
1106 | } |
1107 | ||
978af864 VZ |
1108 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1109 | // RTL support | |
1110 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1111 | ||
1112 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir) | |
1113 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1114 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1115 | wxUnusedVar(dir); | |
1116 | #else | |
978af864 VZ |
1117 | const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1118 | wxCHECK_RET( hwnd, _T("layout direction must be set after window creation") ); | |
1119 | ||
1120 | LONG styleOld = ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE); | |
1121 | ||
1122 | LONG styleNew = styleOld; | |
1123 | switch ( dir ) | |
1124 | { | |
1125 | case wxLayout_LeftToRight: | |
1126 | styleNew &= ~WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1127 | break; | |
1128 | ||
1129 | case wxLayout_RightToLeft: | |
1130 | styleNew |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL; | |
1131 | break; | |
1132 | ||
1133 | default: | |
1134 | wxFAIL_MSG(_T("unsupported layout direction")); | |
1135 | break; | |
1136 | } | |
1137 | ||
1138 | if ( styleNew != styleOld ) | |
1139 | { | |
1140 | ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, styleNew); | |
1141 | } | |
08a58133 | 1142 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1143 | } |
1144 | ||
1145 | wxLayoutDirection wxWindowMSW::GetLayoutDirection() const | |
1146 | { | |
08a58133 WS |
1147 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1148 | return wxLayout_Default; | |
1149 | #else | |
978af864 VZ |
1150 | const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1151 | wxCHECK_MSG( hwnd, wxLayout_Default, _T("invalid window") ); | |
1152 | ||
1153 | return ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL | |
1154 | ? wxLayout_RightToLeft | |
1155 | : wxLayout_LeftToRight; | |
08a58133 | 1156 | #endif |
978af864 VZ |
1157 | } |
1158 | ||
1159 | wxCoord | |
1160 | wxWindowMSW::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x, | |
1161 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(width), | |
1162 | wxCoord WXUNUSED(widthTotal)) const | |
1163 | { | |
1164 | // Win32 mirrors the coordinates of RTL windows automatically, so don't | |
1165 | // redo it ourselves | |
1166 | return x; | |
1167 | } | |
1168 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1169 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1170 | // subclassing | |
1171 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1172 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1173 | void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd) |
2bda0e17 | 1174 | { |
223d09f6 | 1175 | wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") ); |
2bda0e17 | 1176 | |
c50f1fb9 | 1177 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; |
223d09f6 | 1178 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
1179 | |
1180 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this); | |
2bda0e17 | 1181 | |
975b6bcf | 1182 | m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)wxGetWindowProc((HWND)hWnd); |
b2d5a7ee | 1183 | |
b225f659 VZ |
1184 | // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows |
1185 | // sense of the word) | |
3a3c8603 | 1186 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1187 | { |
975b6bcf | 1188 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, wxWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1189 | } |
1190 | else | |
1191 | { | |
90e572f1 | 1192 | // don't bother restoring it either: this also makes it easy to |
08158721 | 1193 | // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns true for the |
77ffb593 | 1194 | // standard controls and false for the wxWidgets own windows as it can |
5a403e3f | 1195 | // simply check m_oldWndProc |
b225f659 VZ |
1196 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; |
1197 | } | |
e7c652bc VZ |
1198 | |
1199 | // we're officially created now, send the event | |
1200 | wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this); | |
1201 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
1202 | } |
1203 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1204 | void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin() |
2bda0e17 | 1205 | { |
42e69d6b | 1206 | wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this); |
2bda0e17 | 1207 | |
42e69d6b | 1208 | // Restore old Window proc |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
1209 | HWND hwnd = GetHwnd(); |
1210 | if ( hwnd ) | |
42e69d6b | 1211 | { |
ed4780ea | 1212 | SetHWND(0); |
c50f1fb9 | 1213 | |
223d09f6 | 1214 | wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") ); |
c50f1fb9 | 1215 | |
b225f659 | 1216 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) |
42e69d6b | 1217 | { |
eb5e4d9a | 1218 | if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) ) |
b225f659 | 1219 | { |
975b6bcf | 1220 | wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, (WNDPROC)m_oldWndProc); |
b225f659 VZ |
1221 | } |
1222 | ||
1223 | m_oldWndProc = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 1224 | } |
42e69d6b | 1225 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
1226 | } |
1227 | ||
a4d1972d | 1228 | void wxWindowMSW::AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle) |
ed4780ea VZ |
1229 | { |
1230 | if ( m_hWnd ) | |
1231 | { | |
1232 | if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
1233 | wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow")); | |
1234 | } | |
a4d1972d | 1235 | |
ed4780ea VZ |
1236 | WXHWND wxhwnd = (WXHWND)handle; |
1237 | ||
1238 | SetHWND(wxhwnd); | |
1239 | SubclassWin(wxhwnd); | |
1240 | } | |
1241 | ||
1242 | void wxWindowMSW::DissociateHandle() | |
a4d1972d | 1243 | { |
ed4780ea | 1244 | // this also calls SetHWND(0) for us |
a4d1972d | 1245 | UnsubclassWin(); |
ed4780ea VZ |
1246 | } |
1247 | ||
1248 | ||
0c0d1521 | 1249 | bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, |
11f104e5 | 1250 | WXFARPROC WXUNUSED(wndProc)) |
eb5e4d9a | 1251 | { |
f57f984c RD |
1252 | // TODO: This list of window class names should be factored out so they can be |
1253 | // managed in one place and then accessed from here and other places, such as | |
1254 | // wxApp::RegisterWindowClasses() and wxApp::UnregisterWindowClasses() | |
521bf4ff WS |
1255 | |
1256 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
3a3c8603 DS |
1257 | extern wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; |
1258 | extern wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR; | |
f57f984c RD |
1259 | #else |
1260 | extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName; | |
1261 | extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR; | |
1262 | #endif | |
3a3c8603 DS |
1263 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassName; |
1264 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw; | |
1265 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassName; | |
1266 | extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw; | |
1267 | wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd)); | |
1268 | if (str == wxCanvasClassName || | |
1269 | str == wxCanvasClassNameNR || | |
26c2a266 JG |
1270 | #if wxUSE_GLCANVAS |
1271 | str == _T("wxGLCanvasClass") || | |
1272 | str == _T("wxGLCanvasClassNR") || | |
1273 | #endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS | |
3a3c8603 DS |
1274 | str == wxMDIFrameClassName || |
1275 | str == wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw || | |
1276 | str == wxMDIChildFrameClassName || | |
1277 | str == wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw || | |
1278 | str == _T("wxTLWHiddenParent")) | |
1279 | return true; // Effectively means don't subclass | |
f57f984c | 1280 | else |
08158721 | 1281 | return false; |
eb5e4d9a VS |
1282 | } |
1283 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1284 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1285 | // Style handling | |
1286 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1287 | ||
1288 | void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags) | |
1289 | { | |
1290 | long flagsOld = GetWindowStyleFlag(); | |
1291 | if ( flags == flagsOld ) | |
1292 | return; | |
1293 | ||
1294 | // update the internal variable | |
1295 | wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags); | |
1296 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1297 | // and the real window flags |
1298 | MSWUpdateStyle(flagsOld, GetExtraStyle()); | |
1299 | } | |
1300 | ||
1301 | void wxWindowMSW::SetExtraStyle(long exflags) | |
1302 | { | |
1303 | long exflagsOld = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1304 | if ( exflags == exflagsOld ) | |
1305 | return; | |
1306 | ||
1307 | // update the internal variable | |
1308 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflags); | |
1309 | ||
1310 | // and the real window flags | |
1311 | MSWUpdateStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), exflagsOld); | |
1312 | } | |
1313 | ||
1314 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld) | |
1315 | { | |
5b2f31eb VZ |
1316 | // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had |
1317 | // been already created | |
1318 | if ( !GetHwnd() ) | |
1319 | return; | |
1320 | ||
9ce75461 VZ |
1321 | // we may need to call SetWindowPos() when we change some styles |
1322 | bool callSWP = false; | |
1323 | ||
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1324 | WXDWORD exstyle; |
1325 | long style = MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), &exstyle); | |
1326 | ||
1327 | // this is quite a horrible hack but we need it because MSWGetStyle() | |
1328 | // doesn't take exflags as parameter but uses GetExtraStyle() internally | |
1329 | // and so we have to modify the window exflags temporarily to get the | |
1330 | // correct exstyleOld | |
1331 | long exflagsNew = GetExtraStyle(); | |
1332 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsOld); | |
1333 | ||
1334 | WXDWORD exstyleOld; | |
1335 | long styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld); | |
1336 | ||
1337 | wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsNew); | |
1338 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1339 | |
1340 | if ( style != styleOld ) | |
1341 | { | |
1342 | // some flags (e.g. WS_VISIBLE or WS_DISABLED) should not be changed by | |
1343 | // this function so instead of simply setting the style to the new | |
1344 | // value we clear the bits which were set in styleOld but are set in | |
1345 | // the new one and set the ones which were not set before | |
1346 | long styleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE); | |
1347 | styleReal &= ~styleOld; | |
1348 | styleReal |= style; | |
1349 | ||
1350 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal); | |
9ce75461 | 1351 | |
7bd6bf45 VZ |
1352 | // we need to call SetWindowPos() if any of the styles affecting the |
1353 | // frame appearance have changed | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1354 | callSWP = ((styleOld ^ style ) & (WS_BORDER | |
1355 | WS_THICKFRAME | | |
1356 | WS_CAPTION | | |
1357 | WS_DLGFRAME | | |
1358 | WS_MAXIMIZEBOX | | |
1359 | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | | |
1360 | WS_SYSMENU) ) != 0; | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1361 | } |
1362 | ||
1363 | // and the extended style | |
9ce75461 VZ |
1364 | long exstyleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE); |
1365 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1366 | if ( exstyle != exstyleOld ) |
1367 | { | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1368 | exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld; |
1369 | exstyleReal |= exstyle; | |
1370 | ||
1371 | ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE, exstyleReal); | |
1372 | ||
9ce75461 VZ |
1373 | // ex style changes don't take effect without calling SetWindowPos |
1374 | callSWP = true; | |
1375 | } | |
1376 | ||
1377 | if ( callSWP ) | |
1378 | { | |
85d8df29 | 1379 | // we must call SetWindowPos() to flush the cached extended style and |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1380 | // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just |
1381 | // setting the style simply doesn't work | |
1382 | if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), | |
1383 | exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST | |
1384 | : HWND_NOTOPMOST, | |
1385 | 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
9ce75461 | 1386 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_FRAMECHANGED) ) |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1387 | { |
1388 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos")); | |
1389 | } | |
1390 | } | |
1391 | } | |
1392 | ||
a047aff2 JS |
1393 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorderForControl() const |
1394 | { | |
28319afe | 1395 | return wxBORDER_THEME; |
a047aff2 JS |
1396 | } |
1397 | ||
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1398 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorder() const |
1399 | { | |
dc797d8e | 1400 | return wxWindowBase::GetDefaultBorder(); |
4c0d2cd3 JS |
1401 | } |
1402 | ||
dc797d8e JS |
1403 | // Translate wxBORDER_THEME (and other border styles if necessary to the value |
1404 | // that makes most sense for this Windows environment | |
1405 | wxBorder wxWindowMSW::TranslateBorder(wxBorder border) const | |
1406 | { | |
1407 | #if defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__) | |
1408 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME || border == wxBORDER_SUNKEN || border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE) | |
1409 | return wxBORDER_SIMPLE; | |
1410 | else | |
1411 | return wxBORDER_NONE; | |
1412 | #else | |
1413 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
1414 | if (border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
1415 | { | |
1416 | if (CanApplyThemeBorder()) | |
1417 | { | |
1418 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
1419 | if (theme) | |
1420 | return wxBORDER_THEME; | |
1421 | } | |
1422 | } | |
1423 | #endif | |
1424 | return border; | |
1425 | #endif | |
dc797d8e JS |
1426 | } |
1427 | ||
1428 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1429 | WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const |
1430 | { | |
77ffb593 | 1431 | // translate common wxWidgets styles to Windows ones |
af495479 VZ |
1432 | |
1433 | // most of windows are child ones, those which are not (such as | |
1434 | // wxTopLevelWindow) should remove WS_CHILD in their MSWGetStyle() | |
1435 | WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1436 | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1437 | // using this flag results in very significant reduction in flicker, |
1438 | // especially with controls inside the static boxes (as the interior of the | |
90e572f1 | 1439 | // box is not redrawn twice), but sometimes results in redraw problems, so |
c7e1d004 VZ |
1440 | // optionally allow the old code to continue to use it provided a special |
1441 | // system option is turned on | |
1442 | if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("msw.window.no-clip-children")) | |
1443 | || (flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN) ) | |
c6430ed0 | 1444 | style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN; |
9b6ae450 VZ |
1445 | |
1446 | // it doesn't seem useful to use WS_CLIPSIBLINGS here as we officially | |
1447 | // don't support overlapping windows and it only makes sense for them and, | |
1448 | // presumably, gives the system some extra work (to manage more clipping | |
1449 | // regions), so avoid it alltogether | |
b2d5a7ee | 1450 | |
b2d5a7ee | 1451 | |
f9007c32 JS |
1452 | if ( flags & wxVSCROLL ) |
1453 | style |= WS_VSCROLL; | |
1454 | ||
1455 | if ( flags & wxHSCROLL ) | |
1456 | style |= WS_HSCROLL; | |
1457 | ||
dc797d8e JS |
1458 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder(flags)); |
1459 | ||
1460 | // After translation, border is now optimized for the specific version of Windows | |
1461 | // and theme engine presence. | |
577baeef | 1462 | |
65bc172c VZ |
1463 | // WS_BORDER is only required for wxBORDER_SIMPLE |
1464 | if ( border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE ) | |
b2d5a7ee | 1465 | style |= WS_BORDER; |
577baeef | 1466 | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1467 | // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it |
1468 | if ( exstyle ) | |
1469 | { | |
1470 | *exstyle = 0; | |
1471 | ||
7f0586ef | 1472 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1473 | if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW ) |
1474 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT; | |
7f0586ef | 1475 | #endif |
b2d5a7ee | 1476 | |
fe3d9123 | 1477 | switch ( border ) |
b2d5a7ee | 1478 | { |
78cd9c69 JS |
1479 | default: |
1480 | case wxBORDER_DEFAULT: | |
1481 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown border style") ); | |
1482 | // fall through | |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1483 | |
1484 | case wxBORDER_NONE: | |
1485 | case wxBORDER_SIMPLE: | |
78cd9c69 | 1486 | case wxBORDER_THEME: |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1487 | break; |
1488 | ||
1489 | case wxBORDER_STATIC: | |
1490 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE; | |
1491 | break; | |
1492 | ||
1493 | case wxBORDER_RAISED: | |
7699361c | 1494 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1495 | break; |
1496 | ||
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1497 | case wxBORDER_SUNKEN: |
1498 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE; | |
fe3d9123 | 1499 | style &= ~WS_BORDER; |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1500 | break; |
1501 | ||
78cd9c69 JS |
1502 | // case wxBORDER_DOUBLE: |
1503 | // *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; | |
1504 | // break; | |
b2d5a7ee | 1505 | } |
d515c32d | 1506 | |
09168de7 | 1507 | // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all |
7f0586ef | 1508 | #if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5b9c12e1 | 1509 | // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must |
09168de7 VZ |
1510 | // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it) |
1511 | if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
d515c32d VZ |
1512 | { |
1513 | *exstyle |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT; | |
1514 | } | |
09168de7 | 1515 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
b2d5a7ee VZ |
1516 | } |
1517 | ||
1518 | return style; | |
1519 | } | |
eb5e4d9a | 1520 | |
42e69d6b | 1521 | // Setup background and foreground colours correctly |
1e6feb95 | 1522 | void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours() |
42e69d6b VZ |
1523 | { |
1524 | if ( GetParent() ) | |
1525 | SetBackgroundColour(GetParent()->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1526 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1527 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1528 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const |
1529 | { | |
1530 | // get the mouse position | |
1531 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
1532 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
1533 | ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
1534 | #else | |
1e6feb95 | 1535 | ::GetCursorPos(&pt); |
f2325516 | 1536 | #endif |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1537 | |
1538 | // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window | |
1539 | // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it | |
1540 | HWND hwnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt); | |
1541 | while ( hwnd && (hwnd != GetHwnd()) ) | |
1542 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); | |
1543 | ||
1544 | return hwnd != NULL; | |
1545 | } | |
1546 | ||
e39af974 | 1547 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle() |
42e69d6b | 1548 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 1549 | #ifndef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
1550 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event |
1551 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2d0a075d | 1552 | { |
ee74faf9 VZ |
1553 | // note that we should generate the leave event whether the window has |
1554 | // or doesn't have mouse capture | |
1555 | if ( !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
42e69d6b | 1556 | { |
51e4e266 | 1557 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
1558 | } |
1559 | } | |
4e5c6c33 | 1560 | #endif // !HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
c085e333 | 1561 | |
24bd6cb9 | 1562 | if (wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(this) && IsShown()) |
e39af974 | 1563 | UpdateWindowUI(wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE); |
42e69d6b | 1564 | } |
568cb543 | 1565 | |
42e69d6b | 1566 | // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'. |
1e6feb95 | 1567 | bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1568 | { |
1569 | if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) ) | |
08158721 | 1570 | return false; |
c085e333 | 1571 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1572 | HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd(); |
1573 | HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0; | |
a23fd0e1 | 1574 | |
42e69d6b | 1575 | ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent); |
a23fd0e1 | 1576 | |
ee471817 VZ |
1577 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1578 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(hWndChild, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) | |
1579 | { | |
1580 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); | |
1581 | } | |
1582 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
1583 | ||
08158721 | 1584 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 1585 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1586 | |
a0e449ff VZ |
1587 | static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on) |
1588 | { | |
c67d6888 | 1589 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
a0e449ff | 1590 | ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)on, 0); |
c67d6888 | 1591 | #endif |
a0e449ff VZ |
1592 | } |
1593 | ||
1594 | void wxWindowMSW::Freeze() | |
1595 | { | |
a1037371 VZ |
1596 | if ( !m_frozenness++ ) |
1597 | { | |
dc993cbf VZ |
1598 | if ( IsShown() ) |
1599 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false); | |
a1037371 | 1600 | } |
a0e449ff VZ |
1601 | } |
1602 | ||
1603 | void wxWindowMSW::Thaw() | |
1604 | { | |
a1037371 | 1605 | wxASSERT_MSG( m_frozenness > 0, _T("Thaw() without matching Freeze()") ); |
c0cdd6cc | 1606 | |
8d7eaf91 | 1607 | if ( --m_frozenness == 0 ) |
a1037371 | 1608 | { |
dc993cbf VZ |
1609 | if ( IsShown() ) |
1610 | { | |
1611 | SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true); | |
a1037371 | 1612 | |
dc993cbf VZ |
1613 | // we need to refresh everything or otherwise the invalidated area |
1614 | // is not going to be repainted | |
1615 | Refresh(); | |
1616 | } | |
a1037371 | 1617 | } |
a0e449ff VZ |
1618 | } |
1619 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1620 | void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1621 | { |
1622 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); | |
1623 | if ( hWnd ) | |
1624 | { | |
d181e053 VZ |
1625 | RECT mswRect; |
1626 | const RECT *pRect; | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1627 | if ( rect ) |
1628 | { | |
f9c980f6 | 1629 | wxCopyRectToRECT(*rect, mswRect); |
d181e053 | 1630 | pRect = &mswRect; |
42e69d6b VZ |
1631 | } |
1632 | else | |
d181e053 VZ |
1633 | { |
1634 | pRect = NULL; | |
1635 | } | |
1636 | ||
82e3664e | 1637 | // RedrawWindow not available on SmartPhone or eVC++ 3 |
41527143 | 1638 | #if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !(defined(_WIN32_WCE) && _WIN32_WCE < 400) |
d181e053 VZ |
1639 | UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN; |
1640 | if ( eraseBack ) | |
1641 | flags |= RDW_ERASE; | |
1642 | ||
1643 | ::RedrawWindow(hWnd, pRect, NULL, flags); | |
480e9098 | 1644 | #else |
16d652a5 | 1645 | ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, pRect, eraseBack); |
480e9098 | 1646 | #endif |
42e69d6b VZ |
1647 | } |
1648 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1649 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1650 | void wxWindowMSW::Update() |
1651 | { | |
1652 | if ( !::UpdateWindow(GetHwnd()) ) | |
1653 | { | |
1654 | wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow")); | |
1655 | } | |
2b5f62a0 | 1656 | |
7f0586ef | 1657 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 VZ |
1658 | // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT |
1659 | // handler needs to be really drawn right now | |
1660 | (void)::GdiFlush(); | |
1661 | #endif // __WIN32__ | |
1662 | } | |
1663 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
1664 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1665 | // drag and drop | |
1666 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 1667 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1668 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP || !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1669 | ||
1670 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1671 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1672 | // we need to lower the sibling static boxes so controls contained within can be |
1673 | // a drop target | |
3febc967 | 1674 | static void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow *parent) |
006b8dff | 1675 | { |
deb0d191 JG |
1676 | // no sibling static boxes if we have no parent (ie TLW) |
1677 | if ( !parent ) | |
1678 | return; | |
1679 | ||
006b8dff JG |
1680 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
1681 | node; | |
1682 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
1683 | { | |
1684 | wxStaticBox *statbox = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxStaticBox); | |
1685 | if ( statbox ) | |
1686 | { | |
1687 | ::SetWindowPos(GetHwndOf(statbox), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, | |
1688 | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE); | |
1689 | } | |
1690 | } | |
1691 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1692 | |
3febc967 VZ |
1693 | #else // !wxUSE_STATBOX |
1694 | ||
1695 | static inline void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent)) | |
1696 | { | |
1697 | } | |
1698 | ||
1699 | #endif // wxUSE_STATBOX/!wxUSE_STATBOX | |
1700 | ||
1701 | #endif // drag and drop is used | |
1702 | ||
4ce1efe1 | 1703 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
1e6feb95 | 1704 | void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1705 | { |
1706 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) { | |
1707 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); | |
1708 | delete m_dropTarget; | |
1709 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1710 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1711 | m_dropTarget = pDropTarget; |
1712 | if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1713 | { |
1714 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1715 | m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd); |
006b8dff | 1716 | } |
42e69d6b | 1717 | } |
42e69d6b | 1718 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2a47d3c1 | 1719 | |
90e572f1 | 1720 | // old-style file manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style |
42e69d6b | 1721 | // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget. |
0c0d1521 | 1722 | void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(accept)) |
42e69d6b | 1723 | { |
0c0d1521 | 1724 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
1725 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
1726 | if ( hWnd ) | |
006b8dff JG |
1727 | { |
1728 | AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent()); | |
42e69d6b | 1729 | ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept); |
006b8dff | 1730 | } |
7f0586ef | 1731 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 1732 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1733 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1734 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1735 | // tooltips | |
1736 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
dbda9e86 | 1737 | |
42e69d6b | 1738 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2d0a075d | 1739 | |
1e6feb95 | 1740 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip) |
42e69d6b VZ |
1741 | { |
1742 | wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip); | |
839b865d | 1743 | |
42e69d6b | 1744 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
d4e5272b | 1745 | m_tooltip->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); |
42e69d6b | 1746 | } |
9a05fd8d | 1747 | |
42e69d6b | 1748 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
9a05fd8d | 1749 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1750 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
1751 | // moving and resizing | |
1752 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
839b865d | 1753 | |
f7040b5f VZ |
1754 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsSizeDeferred() const |
1755 | { | |
1756 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1757 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition || | |
1758 | m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1759 | return true; | |
1760 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1761 | ||
1762 | return false; | |
1763 | } | |
1764 | ||
42e69d6b | 1765 | // Get total size |
1e6feb95 | 1766 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b | 1767 | { |
0d6fdb3c | 1768 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1769 | // if SetSize() had been called at wx level but not realized at Windows |
1770 | // level yet (i.e. EndDeferWindowPos() not called), we still should return | |
1771 | // the new and not the old position to the other wx code | |
1772 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) | |
1773 | { | |
1774 | if ( x ) | |
1775 | *x = m_pendingSize.x; | |
1776 | if ( y ) | |
1777 | *y = m_pendingSize.y; | |
1778 | } | |
1779 | else // use current size | |
0d6fdb3c | 1780 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1781 | { |
1782 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
82c9f85c | 1783 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1784 | if ( x ) |
1785 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1786 | if ( y ) | |
1787 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
1788 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1789 | } |
1790 | ||
82c9f85c VZ |
1791 | // Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc. |
1792 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const | |
42e69d6b | 1793 | { |
f2197644 | 1794 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
0d6fdb3c | 1795 | if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize ) |
0d7f75df | 1796 | { |
0d6fdb3c | 1797 | // we need to calculate the client size corresponding to pending size |
dc497201 JG |
1798 | RECT rect; |
1799 | rect.left = m_pendingPosition.x; | |
1800 | rect.top = m_pendingPosition.y; | |
1801 | rect.right = rect.left + m_pendingSize.x; | |
1802 | rect.bottom = rect.top + m_pendingSize.y; | |
1803 | ||
1804 | ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_NCCALCSIZE, FALSE, (LPARAM)&rect); | |
1805 | ||
1806 | if ( x ) | |
1807 | *x = rect.right - rect.left; | |
1808 | if ( y ) | |
1809 | *y = rect.bottom - rect.top; | |
0d7f75df | 1810 | } |
0d6fdb3c VZ |
1811 | else |
1812 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1813 | { | |
1814 | RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd()); | |
1815 | ||
1816 | if ( x ) | |
1817 | *x = rect.right; | |
1818 | if ( y ) | |
1819 | *y = rect.bottom; | |
1820 | } | |
82c9f85c VZ |
1821 | } |
1822 | ||
1823 | void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const | |
1824 | { | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1825 | wxWindow * const parent = GetParent(); |
1826 | ||
1827 | wxPoint pos; | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1828 | if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition ) |
1829 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1830 | pos = m_pendingPosition; |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1831 | } |
1832 | else // use current position | |
1833 | { | |
1834 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
42e69d6b | 1835 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1836 | POINT point; |
1837 | point.x = rect.left; | |
1838 | point.y = rect.top; | |
42e69d6b | 1839 | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1840 | // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real" |
1841 | // children, not for the dialogs/frames | |
1842 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
92049cd4 | 1843 | { |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1844 | if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft ) |
1845 | { | |
967acfb5 | 1846 | // In RTL mode, we want the logical left x-coordinate, |
e5b5af91 VZ |
1847 | // which would be the physical right x-coordinate. |
1848 | point.x = rect.right; | |
1849 | } | |
1850 | ||
11cfa8ef VZ |
1851 | // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a |
1852 | // parent we must subtract its top left corner | |
11cfa8ef VZ |
1853 | if ( parent ) |
1854 | { | |
a7e0e432 | 1855 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point); |
11cfa8ef | 1856 | } |
89e3037c | 1857 | } |
42e69d6b | 1858 | |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1859 | pos.x = point.x; |
1860 | pos.y = point.y; | |
1861 | } | |
1862 | ||
1863 | // we also must adjust by the client area offset: a control which is just | |
1864 | // under a toolbar could be at (0, 30) in Windows but at (0, 0) in wx | |
1865 | if ( parent && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
1866 | { | |
1867 | const wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin()); | |
1868 | pos.x -= pt.x; | |
1869 | pos.y -= pt.y; | |
11cfa8ef | 1870 | } |
a7e0e432 VZ |
1871 | |
1872 | if ( x ) | |
1873 | *x = pos.x; | |
1874 | if ( y ) | |
1875 | *y = pos.y; | |
42e69d6b | 1876 | } |
54bdd8b0 | 1877 | |
1e6feb95 | 1878 | void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1879 | { |
1880 | POINT pt; | |
1881 | if ( x ) | |
1882 | pt.x = *x; | |
1883 | if ( y ) | |
1884 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1885 | |
82c9f85c | 1886 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1887 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1888 | if ( x ) |
1889 | *x = pt.x; | |
1890 | if ( y ) | |
1891 | *y = pt.y; | |
1892 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1893 | |
1e6feb95 | 1894 | void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const |
42e69d6b VZ |
1895 | { |
1896 | POINT pt; | |
1897 | if ( x ) | |
1898 | pt.x = *x; | |
1899 | if ( y ) | |
1900 | pt.y = *y; | |
54bdd8b0 | 1901 | |
82c9f85c | 1902 | ::ClientToScreen(GetHwnd(), &pt); |
a23fd0e1 | 1903 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
1904 | if ( x ) |
1905 | *x = pt.x; | |
1906 | if ( y ) | |
1907 | *y = pt.y; | |
1908 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 1909 | |
86e30911 | 1910 | bool |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1911 | wxWindowMSW::DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height) |
1912 | { | |
1913 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1914 | // if our parent had prepared a defer window handle for us, use it (unless | |
1915 | // we are a top level window) | |
1916 | wxWindowMSW * const parent = IsTopLevel() ? NULL : GetParent(); | |
1917 | ||
1918 | HDWP hdwp = parent ? (HDWP)parent->m_hDWP : NULL; | |
1919 | if ( hdwp ) | |
1920 | { | |
1921 | hdwp = ::DeferWindowPos(hdwp, (HWND)hwnd, NULL, x, y, width, height, | |
dd28827a | 1922 | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1923 | if ( !hdwp ) |
1924 | { | |
1925 | wxLogLastError(_T("DeferWindowPos")); | |
1926 | } | |
1927 | } | |
1928 | ||
1929 | if ( parent ) | |
1930 | { | |
1931 | // hdwp must be updated as it may have been changed | |
1932 | parent->m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)hdwp; | |
1933 | } | |
1934 | ||
86e30911 VZ |
1935 | if ( hdwp ) |
1936 | { | |
1937 | // did deferred move, remember new coordinates of the window as they're | |
1938 | // different from what Windows would return for it | |
1939 | return true; | |
1940 | } | |
1941 | ||
7d86a2d4 | 1942 | // otherwise (or if deferring failed) move the window in place immediately |
7d86a2d4 | 1943 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
86e30911 | 1944 | if ( !::MoveWindow((HWND)hwnd, x, y, width, height, IsShown()) ) |
7d86a2d4 | 1945 | { |
86e30911 | 1946 | wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow")); |
7d86a2d4 | 1947 | } |
86e30911 VZ |
1948 | |
1949 | // if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING, indicates that we didn't use deferred move, | |
1950 | // ignored otherwise | |
1951 | return false; | |
7d86a2d4 VZ |
1952 | } |
1953 | ||
1e6feb95 | 1954 | void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height) |
b782f2e0 | 1955 | { |
62e1ba75 JS |
1956 | // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms? |
1957 | // Still, negative width or height shouldn't be allowed | |
1958 | if (width < 0) | |
1959 | width = 0; | |
1960 | if (height < 0) | |
1961 | height = 0; | |
9b6ae450 | 1962 | |
86e30911 VZ |
1963 | if ( DoMoveSibling(m_hWnd, x, y, width, height) ) |
1964 | { | |
1965 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1966 | m_pendingPosition = wxPoint(x, y); | |
1967 | m_pendingSize = wxSize(width, height); | |
1968 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING | |
1969 | } | |
b782f2e0 VZ |
1970 | } |
1971 | ||
4438caf4 VZ |
1972 | // set the size of the window: if the dimensions are positive, just use them, |
1973 | // but if any of them is equal to -1, it means that we must find the value for | |
1974 | // it ourselves (unless sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE flag, in | |
1975 | // which case -1 is a valid value for x and y) | |
1976 | // | |
1977 | // If sizeFlags contains wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH/HEIGHT flags (default), we calculate | |
1978 | // the width/height to best suit our contents, otherwise we reuse the current | |
1979 | // width/height | |
1e6feb95 | 1980 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags) |
42e69d6b | 1981 | { |
4438caf4 | 1982 | // get the current size and position... |
42e69d6b | 1983 | int currentX, currentY; |
da78f3b1 RD |
1984 | int currentW, currentH; |
1985 | ||
42e69d6b | 1986 | GetPosition(¤tX, ¤tY); |
42e69d6b | 1987 | GetSize(¤tW, ¤tH); |
a23fd0e1 | 1988 | |
952f2aaa VZ |
1989 | // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok unless |
1990 | // we're forced to resize the window | |
4438caf4 | 1991 | if ( x == currentX && y == currentY && |
952f2aaa VZ |
1992 | width == currentW && height == currentH && |
1993 | !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE) ) | |
4438caf4 | 1994 | { |
42e69d6b | 1995 | return; |
4438caf4 | 1996 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 1997 | |
422d0ff0 | 1998 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 1999 | x = currentX; |
422d0ff0 | 2000 | if ( y == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) ) |
4438caf4 | 2001 | y = currentY; |
a23fd0e1 | 2002 | |
4438caf4 | 2003 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags); |
a23fd0e1 | 2004 | |
abb74e0f | 2005 | wxSize size = wxDefaultSize; |
422d0ff0 | 2006 | if ( width == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2007 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2008 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH ) |
4438caf4 VZ |
2009 | { |
2010 | size = DoGetBestSize(); | |
2011 | width = size.x; | |
2012 | } | |
2013 | else | |
2014 | { | |
2015 | // just take the current one | |
2016 | width = currentW; | |
2017 | } | |
2018 | } | |
2019 | ||
422d0ff0 | 2020 | if ( height == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2021 | { |
9e2896e5 | 2022 | if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT ) |
4438caf4 | 2023 | { |
422d0ff0 | 2024 | if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord ) |
4438caf4 | 2025 | { |
b782f2e0 | 2026 | size = DoGetBestSize(); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2027 | } |
2028 | //else: already called DoGetBestSize() above | |
a23fd0e1 | 2029 | |
4438caf4 VZ |
2030 | height = size.y; |
2031 | } | |
2032 | else | |
2033 | { | |
2034 | // just take the current one | |
2035 | height = currentH; | |
2036 | } | |
2037 | } | |
2038 | ||
b782f2e0 | 2039 | DoMoveWindow(x, y, width, height); |
4438caf4 VZ |
2040 | } |
2041 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2042 | void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height) |
42e69d6b | 2043 | { |
90e572f1 | 2044 | // setting the client size is less obvious than it could have been |
d4597e13 | 2045 | // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2046 | // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap (and AdjustWindowRect() |
2047 | // doesn't take neither into account) and so the client size will not be | |
2048 | // correct as the difference between the total and client size changes -- | |
2049 | // so we keep changing it until we get it right | |
d4597e13 | 2050 | // |
d6a97306 VZ |
2051 | // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but |
2052 | // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it | |
2053 | // may become 3 if the window had 0 size originally and so we didn't | |
2054 | // calculate the scrollbar correction correctly during the first iteration) | |
2055 | // but just to be on the safe side we check for it instead of making it an | |
d4597e13 | 2056 | // "infinite" loop (i.e. leaving break inside as the only way to get out) |
d6a97306 | 2057 | for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) |
d4597e13 VZ |
2058 | { |
2059 | RECT rectClient; | |
2060 | ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient); | |
2bda0e17 | 2061 | |
b0268daf | 2062 | // if the size is already ok, stop here (NB: rectClient.left = top = 0) |
422d0ff0 WS |
2063 | if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == wxDefaultCoord) && |
2064 | (rectClient.bottom == height || height == wxDefaultCoord) ) | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2065 | { |
2066 | break; | |
2067 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2068 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2069 | // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all) |
2070 | // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the | |
2071 | // window | |
2072 | RECT rectWin; | |
2073 | ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin); | |
2074 | ||
b0268daf VZ |
2075 | const int widthWin = rectWin.right - rectWin.left, |
2076 | heightWin = rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top; | |
387a3b02 | 2077 | |
d4597e13 VZ |
2078 | // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so |
2079 | // adjust if necessary | |
2080 | if ( !IsTopLevel() ) | |
2081 | { | |
2082 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
2083 | if ( parent ) | |
2084 | { | |
b0268daf | 2085 | ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), (POINT *)&rectWin); |
d4597e13 VZ |
2086 | } |
2087 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2088 | |
b0268daf | 2089 | // don't call DoMoveWindow() because we want to move window immediately |
c72b1ad7 VZ |
2090 | // and not defer it here as otherwise the value returned by |
2091 | // GetClient/WindowRect() wouldn't change as the window wouldn't be | |
2092 | // really resized | |
b0268daf VZ |
2093 | if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), |
2094 | rectWin.left, | |
2095 | rectWin.top, | |
2096 | width + widthWin - rectClient.right, | |
2097 | height + heightWin - rectClient.bottom, | |
2098 | TRUE) ) | |
2099 | { | |
2100 | wxLogLastError(_T("MoveWindow")); | |
2101 | } | |
d4597e13 | 2102 | } |
42e69d6b | 2103 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2104 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2105 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2106 | // text metrics | |
2107 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
a23fd0e1 | 2108 | |
1e6feb95 | 2109 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharHeight() const |
42e69d6b | 2110 | { |
f6bcfd97 | 2111 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmHeight; |
42e69d6b | 2112 | } |
3eddf563 | 2113 | |
1e6feb95 | 2114 | int wxWindowMSW::GetCharWidth() const |
42e69d6b | 2115 | { |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2116 | // +1 is needed because Windows apparently adds it when calculating the |
2117 | // dialog units size in pixels | |
2118 | #if wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
1e6feb95 | 2119 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
2120 | #else |
2121 | return wxGetTextMetrics(this).tmAveCharWidth + 1; | |
2122 | #endif | |
42e69d6b | 2123 | } |
f4621a09 | 2124 | |
1e6feb95 | 2125 | void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string, |
34636400 | 2126 | int *x, int *y, |
42e69d6b VZ |
2127 | int *descent, int *externalLeading, |
2128 | const wxFont *theFont) const | |
2129 | { | |
64869ab7 VZ |
2130 | wxASSERT_MSG( !theFont || theFont->Ok(), |
2131 | _T("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") ); | |
634903fd | 2132 | |
2d17baae VS |
2133 | wxFont fontToUse; |
2134 | if (theFont) | |
2135 | fontToUse = *theFont; | |
2136 | else | |
2137 | fontToUse = GetFont(); | |
634903fd | 2138 | |
64869ab7 VZ |
2139 | WindowHDC hdc(GetHwnd()); |
2140 | SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, GetHfontOf(fontToUse)); | |
341c92a8 | 2141 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2142 | SIZE sizeRect; |
2143 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
e0a050e3 | 2144 | ::GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, string.wx_str(), string.length(), &sizeRect); |
64869ab7 | 2145 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); |
42e69d6b | 2146 | |
0655ad29 VZ |
2147 | if ( x ) |
2148 | *x = sizeRect.cx; | |
2149 | if ( y ) | |
2150 | *y = sizeRect.cy; | |
2151 | if ( descent ) | |
2152 | *descent = tm.tmDescent; | |
2153 | if ( externalLeading ) | |
2154 | *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2155 | } |
2156 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2157 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2158 | // popup menu | |
2159 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2160 | ||
2e9f62da VZ |
2161 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2162 | ||
ed45e263 VZ |
2163 | // yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue |
2164 | // immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration | |
2165 | // | |
2166 | // NB: this function should probably be made public later as it can almost | |
2167 | // surely replace wxYield() elsewhere as well | |
2168 | static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly() | |
2169 | { | |
2170 | // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't | |
2171 | // want to process it here) | |
2172 | MSG msg; | |
1bf77ee5 | 2173 | while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE) ) |
ed45e263 | 2174 | { |
dd7ebf8b | 2175 | if ( msg.message == WM_QUIT ) |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2176 | { |
2177 | // if we retrieved a WM_QUIT, insert back into the message queue. | |
2178 | ::PostQuitMessage(0); | |
2179 | break; | |
2180 | } | |
7de59551 | 2181 | |
1bf77ee5 VZ |
2182 | // luckily (as we don't have access to wxEventLoopImpl method from here |
2183 | // anyhow...) we don't need to pre process WM_COMMANDs so dispatch it | |
2184 | // immediately | |
2185 | ::TranslateMessage(&msg); | |
2186 | ::DispatchMessage(&msg); | |
2187 | } | |
ed45e263 VZ |
2188 | } |
2189 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2190 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y) |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2191 | { |
2192 | menu->SetInvokingWindow(this); | |
2193 | menu->UpdateUI(); | |
2194 | ||
27d2dbbc | 2195 | if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && y == wxDefaultCoord ) |
971562cb VS |
2196 | { |
2197 | wxPoint mouse = ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition()); | |
2198 | x = mouse.x; y = mouse.y; | |
2199 | } | |
2200 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2201 | HWND hWnd = GetHwnd(); |
2202 | HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu); | |
2203 | POINT point; | |
2204 | point.x = x; | |
2205 | point.y = y; | |
2206 | ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point); | |
2207 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu; | |
5cb598ae | 2208 | #if defined(__WXWINCE__) |
b40bf35c VZ |
2209 | static const UINT flags = 0; |
2210 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2211 | UINT flags = TPM_RIGHTBUTTON; | |
2212 | // NT4 doesn't support TPM_RECURSE and simply doesn't show the menu at all | |
2213 | // when it's use, I'm not sure about Win95/98 but prefer to err on the safe | |
2214 | // side and not to use it there neither -- modify the test if it does work | |
2215 | // on these systems | |
2216 | if ( wxGetWinVersion() >= wxWinVersion_5 ) | |
2217 | { | |
2218 | // using TPM_RECURSE allows us to show a popup menu while another menu | |
2219 | // is opened which can be useful and is supported by the other | |
2220 | // platforms, so allow it under Windows too | |
2221 | flags |= TPM_RECURSE; | |
2222 | } | |
2223 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
2224 | ||
7f0586ef | 2225 | ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, flags, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL); |
ed45e263 | 2226 | |
90e572f1 | 2227 | // we need to do it right now as otherwise the events are never going to be |
ed45e263 VZ |
2228 | // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand() |
2229 | // | |
2230 | // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't | |
2231 | // help and we'd still need wxYieldForCommandsOnly() as the menu may be | |
2232 | // destroyed as soon as we return (it can be a local variable in the caller | |
2233 | // for example) and so we do need to process the event immediately | |
2234 | wxYieldForCommandsOnly(); | |
2235 | ||
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2236 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; |
2237 | ||
2238 | menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL); | |
2239 | ||
08158721 | 2240 | return true; |
c50f1fb9 VZ |
2241 | } |
2242 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
2243 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
2244 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2245 | // =========================================================================== |
2246 | // pre/post message processing | |
2247 | // =========================================================================== | |
2bda0e17 | 2248 | |
c140b7e7 | 2249 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2250 | { |
2251 | if ( m_oldWndProc ) | |
2252 | return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam); | |
2253 | else | |
2254 | return ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam); | |
2255 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 2256 | |
1e6feb95 | 2257 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
42e69d6b | 2258 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
2259 | // wxUniversal implements tab traversal itself |
2260 | #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__ | |
42e69d6b | 2261 | if ( m_hWnd != 0 && (GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) ) |
2d0a075d | 2262 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2263 | // intercept dialog navigation keys |
2264 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
d9317fd4 VZ |
2265 | |
2266 | // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does | |
2267 | // internally | |
573a1586 | 2268 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN ) |
42e69d6b | 2269 | { |
3f7bc32b VZ |
2270 | bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); |
2271 | bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); | |
a23fd0e1 | 2272 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2273 | // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself, |
2274 | // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter | |
2275 | // combinations which are always processed) | |
977f50f3 VZ |
2276 | LONG lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0); |
2277 | ||
2278 | // surprizingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the | |
2279 | // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically, | |
2280 | // it, of course, implies them | |
2281 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS ) | |
42e69d6b | 2282 | { |
977f50f3 | 2283 | lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS; |
42e69d6b | 2284 | } |
a23fd0e1 | 2285 | |
08158721 | 2286 | bool bForward = true, |
298ca00c VZ |
2287 | bWindowChange = false, |
2288 | bFromTab = false; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2289 | |
573a1586 | 2290 | // should we process this message specially? |
08158721 | 2291 | bool bProcess = true; |
9145664b | 2292 | switch ( msg->wParam ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
2293 | { |
2294 | case VK_TAB: | |
7cc44669 VZ |
2295 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB) && !bCtrlDown ) |
2296 | { | |
2297 | // let the control have the TAB | |
08158721 | 2298 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2299 | } |
7cc44669 VZ |
2300 | else // use it for navigation |
2301 | { | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2302 | // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages |
2303 | bWindowChange = bCtrlDown; | |
319fefa9 | 2304 | bForward = !bShiftDown; |
298ca00c | 2305 | bFromTab = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2306 | } |
2307 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 2308 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2309 | case VK_UP: |
2310 | case VK_LEFT: | |
2311 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2312 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2313 | else |
08158721 | 2314 | bForward = false; |
42e69d6b | 2315 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 2316 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2317 | case VK_DOWN: |
2318 | case VK_RIGHT: | |
2319 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown ) | |
08158721 | 2320 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2321 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 2322 | |
efe5e221 VZ |
2323 | case VK_PRIOR: |
2324 | bForward = false; | |
2325 | // fall through | |
2326 | ||
2327 | case VK_NEXT: | |
2328 | // we treat PageUp/Dn as arrows because chances are that | |
2329 | // a control which needs arrows also needs them for | |
2330 | // navigation (e.g. wxTextCtrl, wxListCtrl, ...) | |
ada5f90d | 2331 | if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) && !bCtrlDown ) |
efe5e221 | 2332 | bProcess = false; |
ada5f90d | 2333 | else // OTOH Ctrl-PageUp/Dn works as [Shift-]Ctrl-Tab |
efe5e221 VZ |
2334 | bWindowChange = true; |
2335 | break; | |
2336 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2337 | case VK_RETURN: |
2338 | { | |
90c6edd7 | 2339 | #if wxUSE_BUTTON |
3147bb58 | 2340 | // currently active button should get enter press even |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2341 | // if there is a default button elsewhere so check if |
2342 | // this window is a button first | |
2343 | wxWindow *btn = NULL; | |
3147bb58 | 2344 | if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_DEFPUSHBUTTON ) |
319fefa9 | 2345 | { |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2346 | // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all |
2347 | // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it | |
2348 | // just seems to ignore | |
2349 | long style = ::GetWindowLong(msg->hwnd, GWL_STYLE); | |
2350 | if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW ) | |
2351 | { | |
2352 | // emulate the button click | |
90c6edd7 | 2353 | btn = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)msg->hwnd); |
3e79ed96 VZ |
2354 | } |
2355 | ||
08158721 | 2356 | bProcess = false; |
319fefa9 | 2357 | } |
90c6edd7 | 2358 | else // not a button itself, do we have default button? |
c50f1fb9 | 2359 | { |
8e86978a VZ |
2360 | // check if this window or any of its ancestors |
2361 | // wants the message for itself (we always reserve | |
2362 | // Ctrl-Enter for dialog navigation though) | |
2363 | wxWindow *win = this; | |
2364 | if ( !bCtrlDown ) | |
2365 | { | |
53b0c2bc | 2366 | // this will contain the dialog code of this |
0075ea22 | 2367 | // window and all of its parent windows in turn |
53b0c2bc VZ |
2368 | LONG lDlgCode2 = lDlgCode; |
2369 | ||
0075ea22 | 2370 | while ( win ) |
8e86978a | 2371 | { |
53b0c2bc | 2372 | if ( lDlgCode2 & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE ) |
8e86978a VZ |
2373 | { |
2374 | // as it wants to process Enter itself, | |
2375 | // don't call IsDialogMessage() which | |
2376 | // would consume it | |
2377 | return false; | |
2378 | } | |
2379 | ||
0075ea22 VZ |
2380 | // don't propagate keyboard messages beyond |
2381 | // the first top level window parent | |
2382 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
2383 | break; | |
2384 | ||
2385 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
2386 | ||
53b0c2bc VZ |
2387 | lDlgCode2 = ::SendMessage |
2388 | ( | |
2389 | GetHwndOf(win), | |
2390 | WM_GETDLGCODE, | |
2391 | 0, | |
2392 | 0 | |
2393 | ); | |
8e86978a VZ |
2394 | } |
2395 | } | |
2396 | else // bCtrlDown | |
2397 | { | |
2398 | win = wxGetTopLevelParent(win); | |
2399 | } | |
2400 | ||
2401 | wxTopLevelWindow * const | |
2402 | tlw = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow); | |
6c20e8f8 | 2403 | if ( tlw ) |
c50f1fb9 | 2404 | { |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2405 | btn = wxDynamicCast(tlw->GetDefaultItem(), |
2406 | wxButton); | |
c50f1fb9 | 2407 | } |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2408 | } |
2409 | ||
2410 | if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() ) | |
2411 | { | |
2412 | btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */); | |
2413 | return true; | |
2414 | } | |
2415 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2416 | #endif // wxUSE_BUTTON |
90c6edd7 | 2417 | |
7b504551 | 2418 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
90c6edd7 VZ |
2419 | // map Enter presses into button presses on PDAs |
2420 | wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN); | |
2421 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2422 | if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) | |
2423 | return true; | |
2424 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2425 | } |
2426 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2427 | |
42e69d6b | 2428 | default: |
08158721 | 2429 | bProcess = false; |
42e69d6b | 2430 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2431 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2432 | if ( bProcess ) |
2433 | { | |
2434 | wxNavigationKeyEvent event; | |
2435 | event.SetDirection(bForward); | |
2436 | event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange); | |
298ca00c | 2437 | event.SetFromTab(bFromTab); |
42e69d6b | 2438 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
3572173c | 2439 | |
42e69d6b | 2440 | if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) |
57c0af52 | 2441 | { |
d7e0024b VZ |
2442 | // as we don't call IsDialogMessage(), which would take of |
2443 | // this by default, we need to manually send this message | |
1ca78aa1 JS |
2444 | // so that controls can change their UI state if needed |
2445 | MSWUpdateUIState(UIS_CLEAR, UISF_HIDEFOCUS); | |
d7e0024b | 2446 | |
08158721 | 2447 | return true; |
57c0af52 | 2448 | } |
42e69d6b VZ |
2449 | } |
2450 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2451 | |
98ebf919 | 2452 | if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) ) |
f6bcfd97 | 2453 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2454 | // IsDialogMessage() did something... |
2455 | return true; | |
f6bcfd97 | 2456 | } |
42e69d6b | 2457 | } |
1e6feb95 | 2458 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
a23fd0e1 | 2459 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2460 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
2461 | if ( m_tooltip ) | |
387a3b02 | 2462 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2463 | // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control |
2464 | MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg; | |
2465 | if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE ) | |
259a4264 | 2466 | wxToolTip::RelayEvent(pMsg); |
387a3b02 | 2467 | } |
42e69d6b | 2468 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
a23fd0e1 | 2469 | |
08158721 | 2470 | return false; |
387a3b02 JS |
2471 | } |
2472 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2473 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg) |
387a3b02 | 2474 | { |
1e6feb95 | 2475 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c50f1fb9 | 2476 | return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg); |
1e6feb95 | 2477 | #else |
574c939e | 2478 | (void) pMsg; |
08158721 | 2479 | return false; |
1e6feb95 | 2480 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
387a3b02 JS |
2481 | } |
2482 | ||
98ebf919 | 2483 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg) |
a37d422a | 2484 | { |
98ebf919 VZ |
2485 | // all tests below have to deal with various bugs/misfeatures of |
2486 | // IsDialogMessage(): we have to prevent it from being called from our | |
2487 | // MSWProcessMessage() in some situations | |
2488 | ||
2489 | // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the | |
2490 | // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is | |
2491 | // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in | |
2492 | // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog | |
2493 | if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && msg->wParam == VK_ESCAPE ) | |
2494 | { | |
2495 | return false; | |
2496 | } | |
2497 | ||
2498 | // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the application by | |
2499 | // going into an infinite loop when it tries to find the control to give | |
2500 | // focus to when Alt-<key> is pressed, so we try to detect [some of] the | |
2501 | // situations when this may happen and not call it then | |
2502 | if ( msg->message != WM_SYSCHAR ) | |
2503 | return true; | |
2504 | ||
2505 | // assume we can call it by default | |
2506 | bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2507 | ||
2508 | HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus(); | |
2509 | ||
2510 | // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, | |
2511 | // ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter an infinite loop, because it will | |
2512 | // recursively check the child windows but not the window itself and so if | |
2513 | // none of the children accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops | |
2514 | // when it gets back to the window it started from) | |
2515 | // | |
2516 | // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT | |
2517 | // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if | |
2518 | // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static | |
2519 | // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input. | |
2520 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) | |
2521 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) | |
2522 | { | |
2523 | // pessimistic by default | |
2524 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2525 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
2526 | node; | |
2527 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
2528 | { | |
2529 | wxWindow * const win = node->GetData(); | |
ad02525d | 2530 | if ( win->CanAcceptFocus() && |
98ebf919 VZ |
2531 | !(::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(win), GWL_EXSTYLE) & |
2532 | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) ) | |
2533 | { | |
2534 | // it shouldn't hang... | |
2535 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true; | |
2536 | ||
2537 | break; | |
2538 | } | |
2539 | } | |
2540 | } | |
2541 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
2542 | ||
2543 | if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg ) | |
2544 | { | |
2545 | // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the | |
2546 | // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its | |
2547 | // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in | |
2548 | // this case | |
2549 | while ( hwndFocus ) | |
2550 | { | |
2551 | if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) || | |
2552 | !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) ) | |
2553 | { | |
2554 | // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this! | |
2555 | canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false; | |
2556 | ||
2557 | break; | |
2558 | } | |
2559 | ||
2560 | if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) ) | |
2561 | { | |
2562 | // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even | |
2563 | // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't | |
2564 | // break navigation inside the dialog | |
2565 | break; | |
2566 | } | |
2567 | ||
2568 | hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus); | |
2569 | } | |
2570 | } | |
2571 | ||
2572 | return canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg; | |
a37d422a VZ |
2573 | } |
2574 | ||
42e69d6b | 2575 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
e39af974 | 2576 | // message params unpackers |
42e69d6b | 2577 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2578 | |
1e6feb95 | 2579 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b VZ |
2580 | WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd) |
2581 | { | |
2582 | *id = LOWORD(wParam); | |
2583 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2584 | *cmd = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2585 | } |
2586 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2587 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2588 | WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2589 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2590 | *state = LOWORD(wParam); |
2591 | *minimized = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2592 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2593 | } |
2594 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2595 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2596 | WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 2597 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2598 | *code = LOWORD(wParam); |
2599 | *pos = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2600 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; | |
2601 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 2602 | |
1e6feb95 | 2603 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
01c500af | 2604 | WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 2605 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2606 | *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam; |
2607 | *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
2608 | } |
2609 | ||
1e6feb95 | 2610 | void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, |
42e69d6b | 2611 | WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu) |
2bda0e17 | 2612 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2613 | *item = (WXWORD)wParam; |
2614 | *flags = HIWORD(wParam); | |
2615 | *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam; | |
2616 | } | |
c085e333 | 2617 | |
42e69d6b | 2618 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
77ffb593 | 2619 | // Main wxWidgets window proc and the window proc for wxWindow |
42e69d6b | 2620 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2bda0e17 | 2621 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2622 | // Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet |
2623 | // associated with the handle | |
b225f659 VZ |
2624 | static wxWindowMSW *gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; |
2625 | ||
2626 | // implementation of wxWindowCreationHook class: it just sets gs_winBeingCreated to the | |
2627 | // window being created and insures that it's always unset back later | |
2628 | wxWindowCreationHook::wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated) | |
2629 | { | |
2630 | gs_winBeingCreated = winBeingCreated; | |
2631 | } | |
2632 | ||
2633 | wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook() | |
2634 | { | |
2635 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
2636 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2637 | |
2638 | // Main window proc | |
3135f4a7 | 2639 | LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 2640 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2641 | // trace all messages - useful for the debugging |
2642 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
13e4c4d9 VZ |
2643 | wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, |
2644 | wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%08lx, wParam=%8lx, lParam=%8lx)"), | |
2645 | wxGetMessageName(message), (long)hWnd, (long)wParam, lParam); | |
42e69d6b | 2646 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ |
2bda0e17 | 2647 | |
1e6feb95 | 2648 | wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd); |
c085e333 | 2649 | |
42e69d6b | 2650 | // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate |
b225f659 VZ |
2651 | // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated |
2652 | if ( !wnd && gs_winBeingCreated ) | |
2d0a075d | 2653 | { |
b225f659 VZ |
2654 | wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, gs_winBeingCreated); |
2655 | wnd = gs_winBeingCreated; | |
2656 | gs_winBeingCreated = NULL; | |
42e69d6b | 2657 | wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 2658 | } |
2bda0e17 | 2659 | |
42e69d6b | 2660 | LRESULT rc; |
a23fd0e1 | 2661 | |
b46b1d59 | 2662 | if ( wnd && wxGUIEventLoop::AllowProcessing(wnd) ) |
b225f659 | 2663 | rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); |
a23fd0e1 | 2664 | else |
b225f659 | 2665 | rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 2666 | |
42e69d6b | 2667 | return rc; |
f7bd2698 JS |
2668 | } |
2669 | ||
c140b7e7 | 2670 | WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
f7bd2698 | 2671 | { |
42e69d6b | 2672 | // did we process the message? |
08158721 | 2673 | bool processed = false; |
f7bd2698 | 2674 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2675 | // the return value |
2676 | union | |
2bda0e17 | 2677 | { |
42e69d6b | 2678 | bool allow; |
c140b7e7 | 2679 | WXLRESULT result; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2680 | WXHBRUSH hBrush; |
2681 | } rc; | |
2bda0e17 | 2682 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2683 | // for most messages we should return 0 when we do process the message |
2684 | rc.result = 0; | |
2bda0e17 | 2685 | |
42e69d6b | 2686 | switch ( message ) |
39136494 | 2687 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2688 | case WM_CREATE: |
2689 | { | |
2690 | bool mayCreate; | |
2691 | processed = HandleCreate((WXLPCREATESTRUCT)lParam, &mayCreate); | |
2692 | if ( processed ) | |
2693 | { | |
2694 | // return 0 to allow window creation | |
2695 | rc.result = mayCreate ? 0 : -1; | |
2696 | } | |
2697 | } | |
2698 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2699 | |
42e69d6b | 2700 | case WM_DESTROY: |
08158721 | 2701 | // never set processed to true and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to |
ad4297f3 VZ |
2702 | // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when |
2703 | // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause | |
2704 | // memory and resource leaks! | |
2705 | (void)HandleDestroy(); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2706 | break; |
2707 | ||
9b6ae450 VZ |
2708 | case WM_SIZE: |
2709 | processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam); | |
9b6ae450 VZ |
2710 | break; |
2711 | ||
42e69d6b | 2712 | case WM_MOVE: |
132cb640 | 2713 | processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); |
42e69d6b | 2714 | break; |
47cbd6da | 2715 | |
7f0586ef | 2716 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
5706de1c | 2717 | case WM_MOVING: |
540b6b09 VZ |
2718 | { |
2719 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2720 | wxRect rc; | |
2721 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2722 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2723 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2724 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2725 | processed = HandleMoving(rc); | |
2726 | if (processed) { | |
2727 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2728 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2729 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2730 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2731 | } | |
2732 | } | |
5706de1c | 2733 | break; |
a047aff2 | 2734 | #if 0 |
aa767a45 JS |
2735 | case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE: |
2736 | { | |
2737 | processed = HandleEnterSizeMove(); | |
2738 | } | |
2739 | break; | |
2740 | ||
2741 | case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE: | |
2742 | { | |
2743 | processed = HandleExitSizeMove(); | |
2744 | } | |
2745 | break; | |
a047aff2 | 2746 | #endif |
5706de1c JS |
2747 | case WM_SIZING: |
2748 | { | |
2749 | LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam; | |
2750 | wxRect rc; | |
2751 | rc.SetLeft(pRect->left); | |
2752 | rc.SetTop(pRect->top); | |
2753 | rc.SetRight(pRect->right); | |
2754 | rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom); | |
2755 | processed = HandleSizing(rc); | |
2756 | if (processed) { | |
2757 | pRect->left = rc.GetLeft(); | |
2758 | pRect->top = rc.GetTop(); | |
2759 | pRect->right = rc.GetRight(); | |
2760 | pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom(); | |
2761 | } | |
2762 | } | |
2763 | break; | |
9b6ae450 | 2764 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
5706de1c | 2765 | |
7f0586ef | 2766 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
1e6feb95 | 2767 | case WM_ACTIVATEAPP: |
afafd942 | 2768 | // This implicitly sends a wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP event |
1e6feb95 | 2769 | wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus()); |
42e69d6b | 2770 | break; |
8a46f9b1 | 2771 | #endif |
47cbd6da | 2772 | |
42e69d6b | 2773 | case WM_ACTIVATE: |
341c92a8 | 2774 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
2775 | WXWORD state, minimized; |
2776 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2777 | UnpackActivate(wParam, lParam, &state, &minimized, &hwnd); | |
2778 | ||
2779 | processed = HandleActivate(state, minimized != 0, (WXHWND)hwnd); | |
341c92a8 | 2780 | } |
42e69d6b | 2781 | break; |
341c92a8 | 2782 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2783 | case WM_SETFOCUS: |
2784 | processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam); | |
2785 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2786 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2787 | case WM_KILLFOCUS: |
2788 | processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam); | |
2789 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2790 | |
c3732409 | 2791 | case WM_PRINTCLIENT: |
1a784dfc | 2792 | processed = HandlePrintClient((WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 VZ |
2793 | break; |
2794 | ||
c3732409 VZ |
2795 | case WM_PAINT: |
2796 | if ( wParam ) | |
5c6c3176 | 2797 | { |
5c6c3176 | 2798 | wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam); |
07c19327 | 2799 | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2800 | processed = HandlePaint(); |
2801 | } | |
c3732409 VZ |
2802 | else // no DC given |
2803 | { | |
2804 | processed = HandlePaint(); | |
2805 | } | |
5c6c3176 RD |
2806 | break; |
2807 | ||
42e69d6b | 2808 | case WM_CLOSE: |
9fd9e47a JS |
2809 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2810 | // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive | |
2811 | // close events unless we have this. | |
2812 | Close(); | |
c3732409 VZ |
2813 | #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
2814 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2815 | // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it |
2816 | // ourselves in ~wxWindow | |
08158721 | 2817 | processed = true; |
42e69d6b VZ |
2818 | rc.result = TRUE; |
2819 | break; | |
47cbd6da | 2820 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2821 | case WM_SHOWWINDOW: |
2822 | processed = HandleShow(wParam != 0, (int)lParam); | |
2823 | break; | |
3a19e16d | 2824 | |
42e69d6b | 2825 | case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
132cb640 VZ |
2826 | processed = HandleMouseMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2827 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2828 | wParam); | |
2829 | break; | |
0d0512bd | 2830 | |
4e5c6c33 | 2831 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
e5297b7f | 2832 | case WM_MOUSELEAVE: |
aafb9978 VZ |
2833 | // filter out excess WM_MOUSELEAVE events sent after PopupMenu() |
2834 | // (on XP at least) | |
4e5c6c33 | 2835 | if ( m_mouseInWindow ) |
e5297b7f | 2836 | { |
4e5c6c33 | 2837 | GenerateMouseLeave(); |
e5297b7f | 2838 | } |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
2839 | |
2840 | // always pass processed back as false, this allows the window | |
2841 | // manager to process the message too. This is needed to | |
2842 | // ensure windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves | |
2843 | // over widgets like buttons. So don't set processed to true here. | |
51e4e266 | 2844 | break; |
4e5c6c33 | 2845 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
35bbb0c6 | 2846 | |
d2c52078 RD |
2847 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
2848 | case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: | |
2849 | processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam); | |
2850 | break; | |
2851 | #endif | |
2852 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
2853 | case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: |
2854 | case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
2855 | case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2856 | case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
2857 | case WM_RBUTTONUP: | |
2858 | case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2859 | case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
2860 | case WM_MBUTTONUP: | |
2861 | case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2862 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
2863 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: |
2864 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
2865 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
2f68482e | 2866 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dfafa702 | 2867 | { |
98363307 | 2868 | #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__ |
cd4453e5 VZ |
2869 | // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is |
2870 | // disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if | |
2871 | // necessary. | |
d0a3d109 | 2872 | wxWindowMSW* win = this; |
dfafa702 | 2873 | for ( ;; ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2874 | { |
2875 | if (!win->IsEnabled()) | |
2876 | { | |
08158721 | 2877 | processed = true; |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2878 | break; |
2879 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2880 | |
d0a3d109 | 2881 | win = win->GetParent(); |
dfafa702 | 2882 | if ( !win || win->IsTopLevel() ) |
d0a3d109 VZ |
2883 | break; |
2884 | } | |
dfafa702 | 2885 | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2886 | if ( processed ) |
2887 | break; | |
2888 | ||
dfafa702 | 2889 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2890 | int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), |
2891 | y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam); | |
dfafa702 | 2892 | |
42b1fb63 | 2893 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
03e0b2b1 | 2894 | // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by |
42b1fb63 VZ |
2895 | // finding one under mouse because under CE the static controls |
2896 | // don't generate mouse events (even with SS_NOTIFY) | |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2897 | wxWindowMSW *win; |
2898 | if ( GetCapture() == this ) | |
2899 | { | |
2900 | // but don't do it if the mouse is captured by this window | |
2901 | // because then it should really get this event itself | |
2902 | win = this; | |
d0a3d109 | 2903 | } |
03e0b2b1 VZ |
2904 | else |
2905 | { | |
2906 | win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y); | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2907 | |
2908 | // this should never happen | |
2909 | wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0, | |
2910 | _T("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") ); | |
9f011847 | 2911 | } |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2912 | #ifdef __POCKETPC__ |
2913 | if (IsContextMenuEnabled() && message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) | |
2914 | { | |
2915 | SHRGINFO shrgi = {0}; | |
faa94f3e | 2916 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2917 | shrgi.cbSize = sizeof(SHRGINFO); |
2918 | shrgi.hwndClient = (HWND) GetHWND(); | |
2919 | shrgi.ptDown.x = x; | |
2920 | shrgi.ptDown.y = y; | |
faa94f3e | 2921 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2922 | shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_RETURNCMD; |
2923 | // shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_NOTIFYPARENT; | |
faa94f3e | 2924 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2925 | if (GN_CONTEXTMENU == ::SHRecognizeGesture(&shrgi)) |
2926 | { | |
2927 | wxPoint pt(x, y); | |
2928 | pt = ClientToScreen(pt); | |
faa94f3e | 2929 | |
7d4f65e3 | 2930 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); |
faa94f3e | 2931 | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2932 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(this); |
2933 | if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx)) | |
f350d4b2 | 2934 | { |
7d4f65e3 | 2935 | processed = true; |
f350d4b2 JS |
2936 | return true; |
2937 | } | |
7d4f65e3 JS |
2938 | } |
2939 | } | |
2940 | #endif | |
2941 | ||
42b1fb63 VZ |
2942 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ |
2943 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; | |
2944 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
9f011847 VZ |
2945 | |
2946 | processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam); | |
2b5f62a0 | 2947 | |
9f011847 VZ |
2948 | // if the app didn't eat the event, handle it in the default |
2949 | // way, that is by giving this window the focus | |
2950 | if ( !processed ) | |
2951 | { | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2952 | // for the standard classes their WndProc sets the focus to |
2953 | // them anyhow and doing it from here results in some weird | |
9f011847 | 2954 | // problems, so don't do it for them (unnecessary anyhow) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2955 | if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() ) |
2956 | { | |
edc09871 | 2957 | if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->IsFocusable() ) |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
2958 | win->SetFocus(); |
2959 | } | |
03e0b2b1 | 2960 | } |
98363307 | 2961 | } |
dfafa702 | 2962 | break; |
d0a3d109 | 2963 | |
cd4453e5 | 2964 | #ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE |
42e69d6b VZ |
2965 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: |
2966 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: | |
2967 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: | |
2968 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: | |
2969 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: | |
2970 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: | |
2971 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: | |
2972 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
132cb640 VZ |
2973 | processed = HandleJoystickEvent(message, |
2974 | GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2975 | GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), | |
2976 | wParam); | |
42e69d6b | 2977 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 2978 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
47cbd6da | 2979 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2980 | case WM_COMMAND: |
2981 | { | |
2982 | WORD id, cmd; | |
2983 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
2984 | UnpackCommand(wParam, lParam, &id, &hwnd, &cmd); | |
47cbd6da | 2985 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2986 | processed = HandleCommand(id, cmd, hwnd); |
2987 | } | |
2988 | break; | |
7d532b0c | 2989 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
2990 | case WM_NOTIFY: |
2991 | processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result); | |
2992 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 2993 | |
27005f3a VZ |
2994 | // we only need to reply to WM_NOTIFYFORMAT manually when using MSLU, |
2995 | // otherwise DefWindowProc() does it perfectly fine for us, but MSLU | |
2996 | // apparently doesn't always behave properly and needs some help | |
2997 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && defined(NF_QUERY) | |
2998 | case WM_NOTIFYFORMAT: | |
2999 | if ( lParam == NF_QUERY ) | |
3000 | { | |
3001 | processed = true; | |
3002 | rc.result = NFR_UNICODE; | |
3003 | } | |
3004 | break; | |
3005 | #endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU | |
3006 | ||
08158721 | 3007 | // for these messages we must return true if process the message |
cd4453e5 | 3008 | #ifdef WM_DRAWITEM |
42e69d6b VZ |
3009 | case WM_DRAWITEM: |
3010 | case WM_MEASUREITEM: | |
3011 | { | |
3012 | int idCtrl = (UINT)wParam; | |
3013 | if ( message == WM_DRAWITEM ) | |
3014 | { | |
3015 | processed = MSWOnDrawItem(idCtrl, | |
3016 | (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); | |
3017 | } | |
3018 | else | |
3019 | { | |
3020 | processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(idCtrl, | |
3021 | (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam); | |
3022 | } | |
57a7b7c1 | 3023 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3024 | if ( processed ) |
3025 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3026 | } | |
3027 | break; | |
cd4453e5 VZ |
3028 | #endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM) |
3029 | ||
9bf84618 | 3030 | case WM_GETDLGCODE: |
ff7282e1 | 3031 | if ( !IsOfStandardClass() || HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
9bf84618 | 3032 | { |
5a403e3f VZ |
3033 | // we always want to get the char events |
3034 | rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS; | |
3035 | ||
ff7282e1 | 3036 | if ( HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) ) |
5a403e3f VZ |
3037 | { |
3038 | // in fact, we want everything | |
3039 | rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS | | |
3040 | DLGC_WANTTAB | | |
3041 | DLGC_WANTALLKEYS; | |
3042 | } | |
3043 | ||
08158721 | 3044 | processed = true; |
9bf84618 | 3045 | } |
101f488c | 3046 | //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc() |
9bf84618 VZ |
3047 | break; |
3048 | ||
4004f41e | 3049 | case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: |
42e69d6b | 3050 | case WM_KEYDOWN: |
9c7df356 VZ |
3051 | // If this has been processed by an event handler, return 0 now |
3052 | // (we've handled it). | |
3053 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam); | |
3054 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) | |
2d0a075d | 3055 | { |
08158721 | 3056 | processed = true; |
2d0a075d | 3057 | } |
81d66cf3 | 3058 | |
2b5f62a0 | 3059 | if ( !processed ) |
42e69d6b | 3060 | { |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3061 | switch ( wParam ) |
3062 | { | |
90e572f1 | 3063 | // we consider these messages "not interesting" to OnChar, so |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3064 | // just don't do anything more with them |
3065 | case VK_SHIFT: | |
3066 | case VK_CONTROL: | |
3067 | case VK_MENU: | |
3068 | case VK_CAPITAL: | |
3069 | case VK_NUMLOCK: | |
3070 | case VK_SCROLL: | |
08158721 | 3071 | processed = true; |
2b5f62a0 | 3072 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3073 | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3074 | // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys: |
3075 | // they will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received | |
3076 | // in WM_CHAR | |
3077 | case VK_ESCAPE: | |
3078 | case VK_SPACE: | |
3079 | case VK_RETURN: | |
3080 | case VK_BACK: | |
3081 | case VK_TAB: | |
3082 | case VK_ADD: | |
3083 | case VK_SUBTRACT: | |
3084 | case VK_MULTIPLY: | |
3085 | case VK_DIVIDE: | |
3f2174bb VZ |
3086 | case VK_NUMPAD0: |
3087 | case VK_NUMPAD1: | |
3088 | case VK_NUMPAD2: | |
3089 | case VK_NUMPAD3: | |
3090 | case VK_NUMPAD4: | |
3091 | case VK_NUMPAD5: | |
3092 | case VK_NUMPAD6: | |
3093 | case VK_NUMPAD7: | |
3094 | case VK_NUMPAD8: | |
3095 | case VK_NUMPAD9: | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3096 | case VK_OEM_1: |
3097 | case VK_OEM_2: | |
3098 | case VK_OEM_3: | |
3099 | case VK_OEM_4: | |
3100 | case VK_OEM_5: | |
3101 | case VK_OEM_6: | |
3102 | case VK_OEM_7: | |
3103 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: | |
3104 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: | |
3105 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: | |
3106 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: | |
08158721 | 3107 | // but set processed to false, not true to still pass them |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3108 | // to the control's default window proc - otherwise |
3109 | // built-in keyboard handling won't work | |
08158721 | 3110 | processed = false; |
2b5f62a0 | 3111 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3112 | |
42e69d6b | 3113 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3114 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse |
3115 | // click because both usually pop up a context menu | |
3116 | case VK_APPS: | |
ae177b45 | 3117 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, -1, -1, 0); |
2b5f62a0 | 3118 | break; |
42e69d6b | 3119 | #endif // VK_APPS |
2bda0e17 | 3120 | |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
3121 | default: |
3122 | // do generate a CHAR event | |
3123 | processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam); | |
3124 | } | |
42e69d6b | 3125 | } |
2b5f62a0 | 3126 | if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN) // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs |
08158721 | 3127 | processed = false; |
42e69d6b | 3128 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3129 | |
4004f41e | 3130 | case WM_SYSKEYUP: |
42e69d6b | 3131 | case WM_KEYUP: |
4aff28fc VZ |
3132 | #ifdef VK_APPS |
3133 | // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button | |
3134 | if ( wParam == VK_APPS ) | |
3135 | { | |
ae177b45 | 3136 | processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, -1, -1, 0); |
4aff28fc VZ |
3137 | } |
3138 | else | |
3139 | #endif // VK_APPS | |
3140 | { | |
3141 | processed = HandleKeyUp((WORD) wParam, lParam); | |
3142 | } | |
42e69d6b | 3143 | break; |
debe6624 | 3144 | |
170cbe33 | 3145 | case WM_SYSCHAR: |
42e69d6b | 3146 | case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character |
d9f14e16 RD |
3147 | if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed ) |
3148 | { | |
3149 | // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling | |
3150 | // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by | |
3151 | // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening | |
08158721 DS |
3152 | m_lastKeydownProcessed = false; |
3153 | processed = true; | |
d9f14e16 RD |
3154 | } |
3155 | else | |
7de5bdf4 | 3156 | { |
08158721 | 3157 | processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, true); |
7de5bdf4 | 3158 | } |
42e69d6b | 3159 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 3160 | |
5048c832 JS |
3161 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
3162 | case WM_HOTKEY: | |
3163 | processed = HandleHotKey((WORD)wParam, lParam); | |
3164 | break; | |
540b6b09 | 3165 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 3166 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3167 | case WM_HSCROLL: |
3168 | case WM_VSCROLL: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3169 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3170 | WXWORD code, pos; |
3171 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
3172 | UnpackScroll(wParam, lParam, &code, &pos, &hwnd); | |
2bda0e17 | 3173 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3174 | processed = MSWOnScroll(message == WM_HSCROLL ? wxHORIZONTAL |
3175 | : wxVERTICAL, | |
3176 | code, pos, hwnd); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3177 | } |
42e69d6b | 3178 | break; |
a23fd0e1 | 3179 | |
42e69d6b | 3180 | // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their |
01c500af | 3181 | // colors |
04ef50df | 3182 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3183 | case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX: |
3184 | case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: | |
3185 | case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: | |
3186 | case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: | |
3187 | case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: | |
3188 | case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: | |
3189 | case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: | |
a23fd0e1 | 3190 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3191 | WXHDC hdc; |
3192 | WXHWND hwnd; | |
01c500af | 3193 | UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &hdc, &hwnd); |
42e69d6b | 3194 | |
48fa6bd3 | 3195 | processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush, (WXHDC)hdc, (WXHWND)hwnd); |
a23fd0e1 | 3196 | } |
42e69d6b | 3197 | break; |
cd4453e5 | 3198 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ |
debe6624 | 3199 | |
42e69d6b | 3200 | case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: |
90c1530a | 3201 | // the return value for this message is ignored |
42e69d6b VZ |
3202 | processed = HandleSysColorChange(); |
3203 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3204 | |
7f0586ef | 3205 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
574c939e KB |
3206 | case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: |
3207 | processed = HandleDisplayChange(); | |
3208 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3209 | #endif |
574c939e | 3210 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3211 | case WM_PALETTECHANGED: |
3212 | processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam); | |
3213 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3214 | |
a5e84126 JS |
3215 | case WM_CAPTURECHANGED: |
3216 | processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) lParam); | |
3217 | break; | |
3218 | ||
3c96418b JG |
3219 | case WM_SETTINGCHANGE: |
3220 | processed = HandleSettingChange(wParam, lParam); | |
3221 | break; | |
3222 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3223 | case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE: |
3224 | processed = HandleQueryNewPalette(); | |
3225 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3226 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3227 | case WM_ERASEBKGND: |
3228 | processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)(HDC)wParam); | |
3229 | if ( processed ) | |
3230 | { | |
3231 | // we processed the message, i.e. erased the background | |
3232 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3233 | } | |
3234 | break; | |
debe6624 | 3235 | |
7f0586ef | 3236 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3237 | case WM_DROPFILES: |
3238 | processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam); | |
3239 | break; | |
7f0586ef | 3240 | #endif |
2bda0e17 | 3241 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3242 | case WM_INITDIALOG: |
3243 | processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3244 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3245 | if ( processed ) |
3246 | { | |
3247 | // we never set focus from here | |
3248 | rc.result = FALSE; | |
3249 | } | |
3250 | break; | |
a23fd0e1 | 3251 | |
7f0586ef | 3252 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3253 | case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: |
3254 | processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow); | |
3255 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3256 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3257 | case WM_ENDSESSION: |
3258 | processed = HandleEndSession(wParam != 0, lParam); | |
3259 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 3260 | |
42e69d6b | 3261 | case WM_GETMINMAXINFO: |
25889d3c | 3262 | processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam); |
42e69d6b | 3263 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3264 | #endif |
debe6624 | 3265 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3266 | case WM_SETCURSOR: |
3267 | processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam, | |
3268 | LOWORD(lParam), // hit test | |
3269 | HIWORD(lParam)); // mouse msg | |
3270 | ||
3271 | if ( processed ) | |
3272 | { | |
3273 | // returning TRUE stops the DefWindowProc() from further | |
3274 | // processing this message - exactly what we need because we've | |
3275 | // just set the cursor. | |
3276 | rc.result = TRUE; | |
3277 | } | |
3278 | break; | |
4cdc2c13 | 3279 | |
ed5317e5 JS |
3280 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |
3281 | case WM_GETOBJECT: | |
3282 | { | |
3283 | //WPARAM dwFlags = (WPARAM) (DWORD) wParam; | |
3284 | LPARAM dwObjId = (LPARAM) (DWORD) lParam; | |
3285 | ||
66b9ec3d | 3286 | if (dwObjId == (LPARAM)OBJID_CLIENT && GetOrCreateAccessible()) |
ed5317e5 JS |
3287 | { |
3288 | return LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, (IUnknown*) GetAccessible()->GetIAccessible()); | |
3289 | } | |
3290 | break; | |
3291 | } | |
3292 | #endif | |
3293 | ||
e39af974 | 3294 | #if defined(WM_HELP) |
b96340e6 | 3295 | case WM_HELP: |
b96340e6 | 3296 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3297 | // by default, WM_HELP is propagated by DefWindowProc() upwards |
3298 | // to the window parent but as we do it ourselves already | |
3299 | // (wxHelpEvent is derived from wxCommandEvent), we don't want | |
3300 | // to get the other events if we process this message at all | |
3301 | processed = true; | |
3302 | ||
3303 | // WM_HELP doesn't use lParam under CE | |
7f0586ef | 3304 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
4cdc2c13 | 3305 | HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam; |
a9c11b71 | 3306 | if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW ) |
b96340e6 | 3307 | { |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3308 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ |
3309 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent | |
3310 | ( | |
3311 | wxEVT_HELP, | |
3312 | GetId(), | |
7f0586ef | 3313 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
2d4ec362 | 3314 | wxGetMousePosition() // what else? |
7f0586ef | 3315 | #else |
a9c11b71 | 3316 | wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y) |
7f0586ef | 3317 | #endif |
a9c11b71 | 3318 | ); |
b96340e6 | 3319 | |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3320 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); |
3321 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent); | |
7f0586ef | 3322 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
b96340e6 | 3323 | } |
a9c11b71 | 3324 | else if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM ) |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3325 | { |
3326 | wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId); | |
3327 | helpEvent.SetEventObject(this); | |
a9c11b71 | 3328 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent); |
69231000 | 3329 | |
4cdc2c13 | 3330 | } |
a9c11b71 VZ |
3331 | else // unknown help event? |
3332 | { | |
3333 | processed = false; | |
3334 | } | |
3335 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
b96340e6 | 3336 | } |
b96340e6 | 3337 | break; |
a9c11b71 | 3338 | #endif // WM_HELP |
4cdc2c13 | 3339 | |
7f0586ef | 3340 | #if !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
69231000 | 3341 | case WM_CONTEXTMENU: |
4cdc2c13 VZ |
3342 | { |
3343 | // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as | |
3344 | // the event may be handled by a parent window | |
3345 | wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)); | |
3346 | ||
3347 | wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt); | |
2d1715aa VZ |
3348 | |
3349 | // we could have got an event from our child, reflect it back | |
3350 | // to it if this is the case | |
d85c53a5 | 3351 | wxWindowMSW *win = NULL; |
c140b7e7 | 3352 | if ( (WXHWND)wParam != m_hWnd ) |
2d1715aa VZ |
3353 | { |
3354 | win = FindItemByHWND((WXHWND)wParam); | |
3355 | } | |
3356 | ||
3357 | if ( !win ) | |
3358 | win = this; | |
3359 | ||
3360 | evtCtx.SetEventObject(win); | |
3361 | processed = win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx); | |
4cdc2c13 | 3362 | } |
69231000 | 3363 | break; |
7f0586ef | 3364 | #endif |
b74cce40 | 3365 | |
53a118d6 | 3366 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
b74cce40 VZ |
3367 | case WM_MENUCHAR: |
3368 | // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU | |
3369 | if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP ) | |
3370 | { | |
3371 | // handle menu chars for ownerdrawn menu items | |
3372 | int i = HandleMenuChar(toupper(LOWORD(wParam)), lParam); | |
3373 | if ( i != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
3374 | { | |
3375 | rc.result = MAKELRESULT(i, MNC_EXECUTE); | |
08158721 | 3376 | processed = true; |
b74cce40 VZ |
3377 | } |
3378 | } | |
3379 | break; | |
53a118d6 | 3380 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
355debca | 3381 | |
dbc74bcc | 3382 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
355debca VZ |
3383 | case WM_POWERBROADCAST: |
3384 | { | |
3385 | bool vetoed; | |
3386 | processed = HandlePower(wParam, lParam, &vetoed); | |
3387 | rc.result = processed && vetoed ? BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY : TRUE; | |
3388 | } | |
3389 | break; | |
dbc74bcc | 3390 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
5acec112 | 3391 | |
a047aff2 JS |
3392 | #if wxUSE_UXTHEME |
3393 | // If we want the default themed border then we need to draw it ourselves | |
3394 | case WM_NCCALCSIZE: | |
3395 | { | |
3396 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3397 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3398 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3399 | { |
3400 | // first ask the widget to calculate the border size | |
3401 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3402 | processed = true; | |
3403 | ||
3404 | // now alter the client size making room for drawing a themed border | |
3405 | NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *csparam = NULL; | |
3406 | RECT rect; | |
3407 | if (wParam) | |
3408 | { | |
3409 | csparam = (NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS*)lParam; | |
3410 | rect = csparam->rgrc[0]; | |
3411 | } | |
3412 | else | |
3413 | { | |
3414 | rect = *((RECT*)lParam); | |
3415 | } | |
d935b421 | 3416 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
a047aff2 | 3417 | RECT rcClient = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; |
d935b421 | 3418 | wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this); |
a047aff2 JS |
3419 | |
3420 | if (theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect( | |
3421 | hTheme, GetHdcOf(dc), EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL, | |
3422 | &rect, &rcClient) == S_OK) | |
3423 | { | |
3424 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); | |
3425 | if (wParam) | |
3426 | csparam->rgrc[0] = rcClient; | |
3427 | else | |
3428 | *((RECT*)lParam) = rcClient; | |
3429 | rc.result = WVR_REDRAW; | |
3430 | } | |
3431 | } | |
3432 | } | |
3433 | break; | |
3434 | ||
3435 | case WM_NCPAINT: | |
3436 | { | |
3437 | wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive(); | |
dc797d8e JS |
3438 | const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder()); |
3439 | if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME) | |
a047aff2 JS |
3440 | { |
3441 | // first ask the widget to paint its non-client area, such as scrollbars, etc. | |
3442 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
3443 | processed = true; | |
3444 | ||
d935b421 VZ |
3445 | wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT"); |
3446 | wxWindowDC dc((wxWindow *)this); | |
a047aff2 JS |
3447 | |
3448 | // Clip the DC so that you only draw on the non-client area | |
3449 | RECT rcBorder; | |
3450 | wxCopyRectToRECT(GetSize(), rcBorder); | |
3451 | ||
3452 | RECT rcClient; | |
3453 | theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect( | |
3454 | hTheme, GetHdcOf(dc), EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL, &rcBorder, &rcClient); | |
3455 | InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1); | |
3456 | ||
3457 | ::ExcludeClipRect(GetHdcOf(dc), rcClient.left, rcClient.top, | |
3458 | rcClient.right, rcClient.bottom); | |
3459 | ||
3460 | // Make sure the background is in a proper state | |
3461 | if (theme->IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent(hTheme, EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL)) | |
3462 | { | |
3463 | theme->DrawThemeParentBackground(GetHwnd(), GetHdcOf(dc), &rcBorder); | |
3464 | } | |
3465 | ||
3466 | // Draw the border | |
3467 | int nState; | |
3468 | if ( !IsEnabled() ) | |
3469 | nState = ETS_DISABLED; | |
3470 | // should we check this? | |
3471 | //else if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE) & ES_READONLY) | |
3472 | // nState = ETS_READONLY; | |
3473 | else | |
3474 | nState = ETS_NORMAL; | |
3475 | theme->DrawThemeBackground(hTheme, GetHdcOf(dc), EP_EDITTEXT, nState, &rcBorder, NULL); | |
3476 | } | |
3477 | } | |
3478 | break; | |
3479 | ||
3480 | #endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME | |
3481 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
3482 | default: |
3483 | // try a custom message handler | |
3484 | const MSWMessageHandlers::const_iterator | |
3485 | i = gs_messageHandlers.find(message); | |
3486 | if ( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() ) | |
3487 | { | |
3488 | processed = (*i->second)(this, message, wParam, lParam); | |
3489 | } | |
a23fd0e1 | 3490 | } |
2d0a075d | 3491 | |
42e69d6b | 3492 | if ( !processed ) |
2d0a075d | 3493 | { |
42e69d6b | 3494 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
223d09f6 | 3495 | wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."), |
42e69d6b VZ |
3496 | wxGetMessageName(message)); |
3497 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
3498 | rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3499 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3500 | |
42e69d6b | 3501 | return rc.result; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3502 | } |
3503 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3504 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3505 | // wxWindow <-> HWND map | |
3506 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 3507 | |
1bffa913 | 3508 | wxWinHashTable *wxWinHandleHash = NULL; |
b225f659 | 3509 | |
42e69d6b | 3510 | wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd) |
4ce81a75 | 3511 | { |
40ad3426 | 3512 | return (wxWindow*)wxWinHandleHash->Get((long)hWnd); |
42e69d6b | 3513 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3514 | |
1e6feb95 | 3515 | void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b VZ |
3516 | { |
3517 | // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and | |
3518 | // (secondly) breaks menu command processing | |
3519 | wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != (HWND)NULL, | |
223d09f6 | 3520 | wxT("attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list ignored") ); |
4ce81a75 | 3521 | |
c7527e3f | 3522 | wxWindow *oldWin = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd); |
b225f659 | 3523 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
c7527e3f JS |
3524 | if ( oldWin && (oldWin != win) ) |
3525 | { | |
b225f659 | 3526 | wxLogDebug(wxT("HWND %X already associated with another window (%s)"), |
9b601c24 | 3527 | (int) hWnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()); |
c7527e3f | 3528 | } |
b225f659 VZ |
3529 | else |
3530 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
3531 | if (!oldWin) | |
c7527e3f | 3532 | { |
d2d14464 | 3533 | wxWinHandleHash->Put((long)hWnd, (wxWindow *)win); |
c7527e3f | 3534 | } |
42e69d6b | 3535 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3536 | |
1e6feb95 | 3537 | void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win) |
42e69d6b | 3538 | { |
1bffa913 | 3539 | wxWinHandleHash->Delete((long)win->GetHWND()); |
4ce81a75 JS |
3540 | } |
3541 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3542 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3543 | // various MSW speciic class dependent functions | |
3544 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3545 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3546 | // Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way |
3547 | // (e.g. with MDI child windows) | |
1e6feb95 | 3548 | void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow() |
4ce81a75 | 3549 | { |
42e69d6b | 3550 | } |
4ce81a75 | 3551 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3552 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos, |
3553 | const wxSize& size, | |
3554 | int& x, int& y, | |
3555 | int& w, int& h) const | |
2bda0e17 | 3556 | { |
9cb57df4 | 3557 | // yes, those are just some arbitrary hardcoded numbers |
2a77c8c4 | 3558 | static const int DEFAULT_Y = 200; |
2a77c8c4 | 3559 | |
08158721 | 3560 | bool nonDefault = false; |
c085e333 | 3561 | |
422d0ff0 | 3562 | if ( pos.x == wxDefaultCoord ) |
b225f659 | 3563 | { |
9cb57df4 VZ |
3564 | // if x is set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y parameter is ignored anyhow so we |
3565 | // can just as well set it to CW_USEDEFAULT as well | |
b225f659 VZ |
3566 | x = |
3567 | y = CW_USEDEFAULT; | |
3568 | } | |
3569 | else | |
a23fd0e1 | 3570 | { |
2a77c8c4 VZ |
3571 | // OTOH, if x is not set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y shouldn't be set to it |
3572 | // neither because it is not handled as a special value by Windows then | |
3573 | // and so we have to choose some default value for it | |
b225f659 | 3574 | x = pos.x; |
422d0ff0 | 3575 | y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? DEFAULT_Y : pos.y; |
c085e333 | 3576 | |
08158721 | 3577 | nonDefault = true; |
42e69d6b | 3578 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3579 | |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3580 | /* |
3581 | NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the | |
3582 | window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was | |
77ffb593 | 3583 | specified. This was wrong because wxWidgets programs often assume |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3584 | that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke |
3585 | it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from | |
3586 | inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called | |
3587 | from some base class ctor and so this WM_SIZE is not processed in the | |
3588 | real class' OnSize() (because it's not fully constructed yet and the | |
3589 | event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we | |
3590 | rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children | |
3591 | but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right | |
77ffb593 | 3592 | size, nothing will happen as both wxWidgets and Windows check for |
b889a3a2 VZ |
3593 | this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it |
3594 | already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent. | |
3595 | */ | |
b225f659 | 3596 | |
35bbb0c6 | 3597 | |
426936d1 RD |
3598 | // we don't use CW_USEDEFAULT here for several reasons: |
3599 | // | |
3600 | // 1. it results in huge frames on modern screens (1000*800 is not | |
3601 | // uncommon on my 1280*1024 screen) which is way too big for a half | |
77ffb593 | 3602 | // empty frame of most of wxWidgets samples for example) |
426936d1 RD |
3603 | // |
3604 | // 2. it is buggy for frames with wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW style for which | |
3605 | // the default is for whatever reason 8*8 which breaks client <-> | |
3606 | // window size calculations (it would be nice if it didn't, but it | |
3607 | // does and the simplest way to fix it seemed to change the broken | |
3608 | // default size anyhow) | |
3609 | // | |
3610 | // 3. there is just no advantage in doing it: with x and y it is | |
3611 | // possible that [future versions of] Windows position the new top | |
3612 | // level window in some smart way which we can't do, but we can | |
3613 | // guess a reasonably good size for a new window just as well | |
3614 | // ourselves | |
960b193e | 3615 | |
3a3c8603 DS |
3616 | // However, on PocketPC devices, we must use the default |
3617 | // size if possible. | |
960b193e | 3618 | #ifdef _WIN32_WCE |
422d0ff0 | 3619 | if (size.x == wxDefaultCoord) |
3a3c8603 DS |
3620 | w = CW_USEDEFAULT; |
3621 | else | |
3622 | w = size.x; | |
422d0ff0 | 3623 | if (size.y == wxDefaultCoord) |
3a3c8603 DS |
3624 | h = CW_USEDEFAULT; |
3625 | else | |
3626 | h = size.y; | |
960b193e | 3627 | #else |
422d0ff0 | 3628 | if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord || size.y == wxDefaultCoord) |
426936d1 | 3629 | { |
08158721 | 3630 | nonDefault = true; |
8614c467 | 3631 | } |
426936d1 RD |
3632 | w = WidthDefault(size.x); |
3633 | h = HeightDefault(size.y); | |
960b193e | 3634 | #endif |
8614c467 | 3635 | |
4e9d23cd VZ |
3636 | AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y); |
3637 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3638 | return nonDefault; |
3639 | } | |
3640 | ||
9dfef5ac VZ |
3641 | WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const |
3642 | { | |
d285d708 | 3643 | return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : WXHWND(NULL); |
9dfef5ac VZ |
3644 | } |
3645 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3646 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass, |
3647 | const wxChar *title, | |
3648 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3649 | const wxSize& size, | |
3650 | WXDWORD style, | |
3651 | WXDWORD extendedStyle) | |
3652 | { | |
3653 | // choose the position/size for the new window | |
3654 | int x, y, w, h; | |
3655 | (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h); | |
3656 | ||
b225f659 VZ |
3657 | // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0 |
3658 | // unless we're creating a child window | |
f586fde3 | 3659 | int controlId = style & WS_CHILD ? GetId() : 0; |
2bda0e17 | 3660 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3661 | // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class |
3662 | // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it | |
3663 | // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize | |
3664 | wxString className(wclass); | |
e441e1f4 | 3665 | if ( !HasFlag(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) ) |
b225f659 VZ |
3666 | { |
3667 | className += wxT("NR"); | |
a23fd0e1 | 3668 | } |
c085e333 | 3669 | |
b225f659 VZ |
3670 | // do create the window |
3671 | wxWindowCreationHook hook(this); | |
b3daa5a3 | 3672 | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3673 | m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx |
3674 | ( | |
3675 | extendedStyle, | |
e0a050e3 VS |
3676 | className.wx_str(), |
3677 | title ? title : m_windowName.wx_str(), | |
5e67eb97 VZ |
3678 | style, |
3679 | x, y, w, h, | |
3680 | (HWND)MSWGetParent(), | |
3681 | (HMENU)controlId, | |
3682 | wxGetInstance(), | |
3683 | NULL // no extra data | |
3684 | ); | |
b225f659 VZ |
3685 | |
3686 | if ( !m_hWnd ) | |
c7527e3f | 3687 | { |
5e67eb97 | 3688 | wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), className.c_str()); |
b225f659 | 3689 | |
08158721 | 3690 | return false; |
c7527e3f | 3691 | } |
b3daa5a3 | 3692 | |
b225f659 | 3693 | SubclassWin(m_hWnd); |
c085e333 | 3694 | |
08158721 | 3695 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3696 | } |
3697 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3698 | // =========================================================================== |
3699 | // MSW message handlers | |
3700 | // =========================================================================== | |
3701 | ||
3702 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3703 | // WM_NOTIFY | |
3704 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3705 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3706 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result) |
2bda0e17 | 3707 | { |
04ef50df | 3708 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b VZ |
3709 | LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam; |
3710 | HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom; | |
3711 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hWnd); | |
3712 | ||
2b15b970 | 3713 | // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself |
42e69d6b | 3714 | if ( win ) |
564b2609 | 3715 | { |
42e69d6b | 3716 | return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
564b2609 | 3717 | } |
2bda0e17 | 3718 | |
2b15b970 VZ |
3719 | // VZ: why did we do it? normally this is unnecessary and, besides, it |
3720 | // breaks the message processing for the toolbars because the tooltip | |
3721 | // notifications were being forwarded to the toolbar child controls | |
3722 | // (if it had any) before being passed to the toolbar itself, so in my | |
3723 | // example the tooltip for the combobox was always shown instead of the | |
3724 | // correct button tooltips | |
3725 | #if 0 | |
42e69d6b | 3726 | // try all our children |
222ed1d6 | 3727 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b | 3728 | while ( node ) |
564b2609 | 3729 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3730 | wxWindow *child = node->GetData(); |
3731 | if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) ) | |
3732 | { | |
08158721 | 3733 | return true; |
42e69d6b | 3734 | } |
2d0a075d | 3735 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3736 | node = node->GetNext(); |
3737 | } | |
2b15b970 | 3738 | #endif // 0 |
2d0a075d | 3739 | |
2b15b970 | 3740 | // by default, handle it ourselves |
42e69d6b | 3741 | return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result); |
cd4453e5 | 3742 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
08158721 | 3743 | return false; |
04ef50df | 3744 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 3745 | } |
2d0a075d | 3746 | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3747 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3748 | ||
3749 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code, | |
3750 | WXLPARAM lParam, | |
3751 | const wxString& ttip) | |
3752 | { | |
3753 | // I don't know why it happens, but the versions of comctl32.dll starting | |
3754 | // from 4.70 sometimes send TTN_NEEDTEXTW even to ANSI programs (normally, | |
3755 | // this message is supposed to be sent to Unicode programs only) -- hence | |
3756 | // we need to handle it as well, otherwise no tooltips will be shown in | |
3757 | // this case | |
7f0586ef | 3758 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
118208ac VZ |
3759 | if ( !(code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA || code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW) |
3760 | || ttip.empty() ) | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3761 | { |
3762 | // not a tooltip message or no tooltip to show anyhow | |
08158721 | 3763 | return false; |
bd9cd534 | 3764 | } |
7f0586ef | 3765 | #endif |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3766 | |
3767 | LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam; | |
3768 | ||
118208ac VZ |
3769 | // We don't want to use the szText buffer because it has a limit of 80 |
3770 | // bytes and this is not enough, especially for Unicode build where it | |
3771 | // limits the tooltip string length to only 40 characters | |
3772 | // | |
3773 | // The best would be, of course, to not impose any length limitations at | |
3774 | // all but then the buffer would have to be dynamic and someone would have | |
3775 | // to free it and we don't have the tooltip owner object here any more, so | |
3776 | // for now use our own static buffer with a higher fixed max length. | |
3777 | // | |
3778 | // Note that using a static buffer should not be a problem as only a single | |
3779 | // tooltip can be shown at the same time anyhow. | |
2b5f62a0 | 3780 | #if !wxUSE_UNICODE |
118208ac | 3781 | if ( code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW ) |
bd9cd534 | 3782 | { |
118208ac VZ |
3783 | // We need to convert tooltip from multi byte to Unicode on the fly. |
3784 | static wchar_t buf[513]; | |
25c46fda | 3785 | |
118208ac VZ |
3786 | // Truncate tooltip length if needed as otherwise we might not have |
3787 | // enough space for it in the buffer and MultiByteToWideChar() would | |
3788 | // return an error | |
fec9cc08 | 3789 | size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.length(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1); |
7afebc8c JS |
3790 | |
3791 | // Convert to WideChar without adding the NULL character. The NULL | |
25c46fda | 3792 | // character is added afterwards (this is more efficient). |
118208ac VZ |
3793 | int len = ::MultiByteToWideChar |
3794 | ( | |
3795 | CP_ACP, | |
3796 | 0, // no flags | |
b05fde97 | 3797 | ttip.wx_str(), |
118208ac VZ |
3798 | tipLength, |
3799 | buf, | |
3800 | WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1 | |
3801 | ); | |
3802 | ||
3803 | if ( !len ) | |
3804 | { | |
3805 | wxLogLastError(_T("MultiByteToWideChar()")); | |
3806 | } | |
7afebc8c | 3807 | |
118208ac VZ |
3808 | buf[len] = L'\0'; |
3809 | ttText->lpszText = (LPSTR) buf; | |
3810 | } | |
3811 | else // TTN_NEEDTEXTA | |
3812 | #endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE | |
3813 | { | |
3814 | // we get here if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTA (only happens in ANSI build) or | |
3815 | // if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTW in Unicode build: in this case we just have | |
3816 | // to copy the string we have into the buffer | |
3817 | static wxChar buf[513]; | |
3818 | wxStrncpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1); | |
3819 | buf[WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1] = _T('\0'); | |
3820 | ttText->lpszText = buf; | |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3821 | } |
3822 | ||
08158721 | 3823 | return true; |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3824 | } |
3825 | ||
3826 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
3827 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3828 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl), |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3829 | WXLPARAM lParam, |
3830 | WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result)) | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3831 | { |
3832 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
bd9cd534 | 3833 | if ( m_tooltip ) |
42e69d6b | 3834 | { |
bd9cd534 VZ |
3835 | NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam; |
3836 | if ( HandleTooltipNotify(hdr->code, lParam, m_tooltip->GetTip())) | |
3837 | { | |
3838 | // processed | |
08158721 | 3839 | return true; |
bd9cd534 | 3840 | } |
42e69d6b | 3841 | } |
f5dd1cf1 WS |
3842 | #else |
3843 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3844 | #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS |
3845 | ||
08158721 | 3846 | return false; |
42e69d6b | 3847 | } |
2b15b970 | 3848 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3849 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3850 | // end session messages | |
3851 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2d0a075d | 3852 | |
1e6feb95 | 3853 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd) |
42e69d6b | 3854 | { |
040e5f77 | 3855 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
abb74e0f | 3856 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3857 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3858 | event.SetCanVeto(true); |
a17e237f | 3859 | event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF); |
2d0a075d | 3860 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3861 | bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); |
3862 | ||
3863 | if ( rc ) | |
3864 | { | |
3865 | // we may end only if the app didn't veto session closing (double | |
3866 | // negation...) | |
3867 | *mayEnd = !event.GetVeto(); | |
2d0a075d JS |
3868 | } |
3869 | ||
42e69d6b | 3870 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 3871 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3872 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); |
3873 | wxUnusedVar(mayEnd); | |
08158721 | 3874 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3875 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3876 | } |
3877 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3878 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff) |
2bda0e17 | 3879 | { |
040e5f77 | 3880 | #ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF |
42e69d6b VZ |
3881 | // do nothing if the session isn't ending |
3882 | if ( !endSession ) | |
08158721 | 3883 | return false; |
a23fd0e1 | 3884 | |
519dc37f VZ |
3885 | // only send once |
3886 | if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) ) | |
08158721 | 3887 | return false; |
519dc37f | 3888 | |
abb74e0f | 3889 | wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY); |
42e69d6b | 3890 | event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp); |
08158721 | 3891 | event.SetCanVeto(false); |
a17e237f | 3892 | event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) ); |
519dc37f VZ |
3893 | |
3894 | return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event); | |
7f0586ef | 3895 | #else |
040e5f77 VZ |
3896 | wxUnusedVar(endSession); |
3897 | wxUnusedVar(logOff); | |
08158721 | 3898 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 3899 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
3900 | } |
3901 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3902 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3903 | // window creation/destruction | |
3904 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3905 | ||
0c0d1521 WS |
3906 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(cs), |
3907 | bool *mayCreate) | |
61179e28 | 3908 | { |
ee471817 VZ |
3909 | // VZ: why is this commented out for WinCE? If it doesn't support |
3910 | // WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT at all it should be somehow handled globally, | |
3911 | // not with multiple #ifdef's! | |
7f0586ef | 3912 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
61179e28 | 3913 | if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT ) |
ee471817 VZ |
3914 | EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent()); |
3915 | #endif // !__WXWINCE__ | |
61179e28 | 3916 | |
08158721 | 3917 | *mayCreate = true; |
42e69d6b | 3918 | |
08158721 | 3919 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3920 | } |
3921 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3922 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy() |
2bda0e17 | 3923 | { |
7de59551 | 3924 | SendDestroyEvent(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
3925 | |
3926 | // delete our drop target if we've got one | |
3927 | #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP | |
3928 | if ( m_dropTarget != NULL ) | |
2d0a075d | 3929 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3930 | m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd); |
3931 | ||
3932 | delete m_dropTarget; | |
3933 | m_dropTarget = NULL; | |
2d0a075d | 3934 | } |
42e69d6b | 3935 | #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP |
2bda0e17 | 3936 | |
42e69d6b | 3937 | // WM_DESTROY handled |
08158721 | 3938 | return true; |
2bda0e17 KB |
3939 | } |
3940 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
3941 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3942 | // activation/focus | |
3943 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3944 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3945 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state, |
42e69d6b VZ |
3946 | bool WXUNUSED(minimized), |
3947 | WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate)) | |
2bda0e17 | 3948 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
3949 | wxActivateEvent event(wxEVT_ACTIVATE, |
3950 | (state == WA_ACTIVE) || (state == WA_CLICKACTIVE), | |
3951 | m_windowId); | |
3952 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
3953 | ||
3954 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3955 | } | |
3956 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3957 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
42e69d6b | 3958 | { |
c7aee865 RD |
3959 | // Strangly enough, some controls get set focus events when they are being |
3960 | // deleted, even if they already had focus before. | |
3961 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
3962 | { | |
3963 | return false; | |
3964 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 3965 | |
456bc6d9 VZ |
3966 | // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation |
3967 | // purposes that we got it | |
e72aa7f5 | 3968 | wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this); |
456bc6d9 VZ |
3969 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventFocus); |
3970 | ||
789295bf | 3971 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 3972 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 3973 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 3974 | { |
789295bf | 3975 | m_caret->OnSetFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 3976 | } |
789295bf | 3977 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 3978 | |
ab93a576 RD |
3979 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
3980 | // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done | |
456bc6d9 VZ |
3981 | // after the control gets to process it from EN_FOCUS handler |
3982 | if ( wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl) ) | |
ab93a576 | 3983 | { |
08158721 | 3984 | return false; |
ab93a576 | 3985 | } |
456bc6d9 | 3986 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
ab93a576 | 3987 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
3988 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
3989 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
3990 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
3991 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
3992 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
3993 | ||
42e69d6b | 3994 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
3995 | } |
3996 | ||
1e6feb95 | 3997 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd) |
2bda0e17 | 3998 | { |
789295bf | 3999 | #if wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4000 | // Deal with caret |
789295bf | 4001 | if ( m_caret ) |
2d0a075d | 4002 | { |
789295bf | 4003 | m_caret->OnKillFocus(); |
2bda0e17 | 4004 | } |
789295bf | 4005 | #endif // wxUSE_CARET |
42e69d6b | 4006 | |
ab93a576 RD |
4007 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL |
4008 | // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done | |
4009 | // after the control gets to process it. | |
4010 | wxTextCtrl *ctrl = wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl); | |
4011 | if ( ctrl ) | |
4012 | { | |
08158721 | 4013 | return false; |
ab93a576 RD |
4014 | } |
4015 | #endif | |
4016 | ||
2913e597 RD |
4017 | // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted. This can |
4018 | // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object. | |
4019 | if ( m_isBeingDeleted ) | |
4020 | { | |
08158721 | 4021 | return false; |
2913e597 RD |
4022 | } |
4023 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4024 | wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId); |
4025 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4026 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
4027 | // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok |
4028 | event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd)); | |
4029 | ||
42e69d6b | 4030 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4031 | } |
4032 | ||
faa49bfd WS |
4033 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4034 | // labels | |
4035 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4036 | ||
4037 | void wxWindowMSW::SetLabel( const wxString& label) | |
4038 | { | |
4039 | SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), label.c_str()); | |
4040 | } | |
4041 | ||
4042 | wxString wxWindowMSW::GetLabel() const | |
4043 | { | |
4044 | return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND()); | |
4045 | } | |
4046 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4047 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4048 | // miscellaneous | |
4049 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4050 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4051 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status)) |
2bda0e17 | 4052 | { |
42e69d6b | 4053 | wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show); |
687706f5 | 4054 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4055 | |
4056 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4057 | } |
4058 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4059 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus)) |
2bda0e17 | 4060 | { |
42e69d6b | 4061 | wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId()); |
687706f5 | 4062 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4063 | |
4064 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4065 | } |
4066 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4067 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam) |
2bda0e17 | 4068 | { |
7f0586ef | 4069 | #if defined (__WXMICROWIN__) || defined(__WXWINCE__) |
35bbb0c6 | 4070 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); |
08158721 | 4071 | return false; |
4ce1efe1 | 4072 | #else // __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4073 | HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4074 | |
4075 | // Get the total number of files dropped | |
c3c39620 | 4076 | UINT gwFilesDropped = ::DragQueryFile |
f6bcfd97 BP |
4077 | ( |
4078 | (HDROP)hFilesInfo, | |
4079 | (UINT)-1, | |
4080 | (LPTSTR)0, | |
4081 | (UINT)0 | |
4082 | ); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4083 | |
4084 | wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped]; | |
c3c39620 | 4085 | for ( UINT wIndex = 0; wIndex < gwFilesDropped; wIndex++ ) |
2d0a075d | 4086 | { |
c3c39620 VZ |
4087 | // first get the needed buffer length (+1 for terminating NUL) |
4088 | size_t len = ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, NULL, 0) + 1; | |
4089 | ||
4090 | // and now get the file name | |
4091 | ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, | |
de564874 | 4092 | wxStringBuffer(files[wIndex], len), len); |
2d0a075d | 4093 | } |
42e69d6b | 4094 | DragFinish (hFilesInfo); |
2bda0e17 | 4095 | |
42e69d6b | 4096 | wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files); |
687706f5 | 4097 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
c3c39620 VZ |
4098 | |
4099 | POINT dropPoint; | |
4100 | DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint); | |
b3dc8a3e VZ |
4101 | event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x; |
4102 | event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y; | |
42e69d6b | 4103 | |
c3c39620 | 4104 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
04ef50df | 4105 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
4106 | } |
4107 | ||
cc972ac6 | 4108 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4109 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd), |
4110 | short nHitTest, | |
4111 | int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4112 | { |
04ef50df | 4113 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
bfbd6dc1 | 4114 | // the logic is as follows: |
46753a7c VZ |
4115 | // 0. if we're busy, set the busy cursor (even for non client elements) |
4116 | // 1. don't set custom cursor for non client area of enabled windows | |
4117 | // 2. ask user EVT_SET_CURSOR handler for the cursor | |
4118 | // 3. if still no cursor but we're in a TLW, set the global cursor | |
42e69d6b | 4119 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4120 | HCURSOR hcursor = 0; |
4121 | if ( wxIsBusy() ) | |
43b5058d | 4122 | { |
46753a7c | 4123 | hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor(); |
43b5058d | 4124 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4125 | else // not busy |
4126 | { | |
4127 | if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT ) | |
4128 | return false; | |
43b5058d | 4129 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4130 | // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very |
4131 | // specific way (for example, depending on the current position) | |
4132 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 | 4133 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
46753a7c | 4134 | if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt)) |
f2325516 | 4135 | #else |
46753a7c | 4136 | if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) ) |
3fca879c | 4137 | #endif |
46753a7c VZ |
4138 | { |
4139 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos")); | |
4140 | } | |
43b5058d | 4141 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4142 | int x = pt.x, |
4143 | y = pt.y; | |
4144 | ScreenToClient(&x, &y); | |
4145 | wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y); | |
42e69d6b | 4146 | |
46753a7c VZ |
4147 | bool processedEvtSetCursor = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4148 | if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() ) | |
bfbd6dc1 | 4149 | { |
46753a7c | 4150 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor()); |
bfbd6dc1 | 4151 | } |
43b5058d | 4152 | |
46753a7c | 4153 | if ( !hcursor ) |
bfbd6dc1 | 4154 | { |
46753a7c VZ |
4155 | // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using |
4156 | // m_cursor if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned | |
4157 | // nothing from it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't | |
4158 | // be used for this point | |
4159 | if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.Ok() ) | |
42e69d6b | 4160 | { |
46753a7c | 4161 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor); |
43b5058d | 4162 | } |
46753a7c VZ |
4163 | |
4164 | if ( !hcursor && !GetParent() ) | |
43b5058d VZ |
4165 | { |
4166 | const wxCursor *cursor = wxGetGlobalCursor(); | |
4167 | if ( cursor && cursor->Ok() ) | |
4168 | { | |
4169 | hcursor = GetHcursorOf(*cursor); | |
4170 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4171 | } |
4172 | } | |
4173 | } | |
4174 | ||
46753a7c | 4175 | |
bfbd6dc1 VZ |
4176 | if ( hcursor ) |
4177 | { | |
4178 | ::SetCursor(hcursor); | |
4179 | ||
4180 | // cursor set, stop here | |
08158721 | 4181 | return true; |
bfbd6dc1 | 4182 | } |
cd4453e5 VZ |
4183 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4184 | ||
3ca6a5f0 | 4185 | // pass up the window chain |
08158721 | 4186 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4187 | } |
4188 | ||
dbc74bcc | 4189 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePower(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(wParam), |
355debca | 4190 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam), |
dbc74bcc | 4191 | bool *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(vetoed)) |
355debca | 4192 | { |
dbc74bcc WS |
4193 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
4194 | // FIXME | |
4195 | return false; | |
4196 | #else | |
355debca VZ |
4197 | wxEventType evtType; |
4198 | switch ( wParam ) | |
4199 | { | |
4200 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND: | |
4201 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING; | |
4202 | break; | |
4203 | ||
4204 | case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPENDFAILED: | |
4205 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL; | |
4206 | break; | |
4207 | ||
4208 | case PBT_APMSUSPEND: | |
4209 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED; | |
4210 | break; | |
4211 | ||
4212 | case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND: | |
d4cd85a0 VZ |
4213 | #ifdef PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC |
4214 | case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC: | |
4215 | #endif | |
355debca VZ |
4216 | evtType = wxEVT_POWER_RESUME; |
4217 | break; | |
4218 | ||
4219 | default: | |
4220 | wxLogDebug(_T("Unknown WM_POWERBROADCAST(%d) event"), wParam); | |
4221 | // fall through | |
4222 | ||
4223 | // these messages are currently not mapped to wx events | |
4224 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBY: | |
4225 | case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBYFAILED: | |
4226 | case PBT_APMSTANDBY: | |
4227 | case PBT_APMRESUMESTANDBY: | |
4228 | case PBT_APMBATTERYLOW: | |
4229 | case PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE: | |
4230 | case PBT_APMOEMEVENT: | |
355debca VZ |
4231 | case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL: |
4232 | evtType = wxEVT_NULL; | |
4233 | break; | |
4234 | } | |
4235 | ||
4236 | // don't handle unknown messages | |
4237 | if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL ) | |
4238 | return false; | |
4239 | ||
4240 | // TODO: notify about PBTF_APMRESUMEFROMFAILURE in case of resume events? | |
4241 | ||
4242 | wxPowerEvent event(evtType); | |
4243 | if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) ) | |
4244 | return false; | |
4245 | ||
4246 | *vetoed = event.IsVetoed(); | |
4247 | ||
4248 | return true; | |
dbc74bcc | 4249 | #endif |
355debca VZ |
4250 | } |
4251 | ||
2e992e06 VZ |
4252 | bool wxWindowMSW::IsDoubleBuffered() const |
4253 | { | |
967acfb5 | 4254 | for ( const wxWindowMSW *wnd = this; |
c719013f VZ |
4255 | wnd && !wnd->IsTopLevel(); wnd = |
4256 | wnd->GetParent() ) | |
2e992e06 | 4257 | { |
c719013f | 4258 | if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(wnd), GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_COMPOSITED ) |
2e992e06 | 4259 | return true; |
2e992e06 VZ |
4260 | } |
4261 | ||
4262 | return false; | |
4263 | } | |
4264 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4265 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4266 | // owner drawn stuff | |
4267 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4268 | ||
61fef19b VZ |
4269 | #if (wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE) || \ |
4270 | (wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)) | |
4271 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) param | |
4272 | #else | |
4273 | #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) | |
4274 | #endif | |
4275 | ||
4276 | bool | |
4277 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(id), | |
4278 | WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(itemStruct)) | |
2bda0e17 | 4279 | { |
4286a5b5 | 4280 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4281 | |
4282 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
42e69d6b | 4283 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4284 | DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4285 | if ( id == 0 && pDrawStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
42e69d6b | 4286 | { |
42e69d6b | 4287 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData); |
03cef643 | 4288 | |
2d29bf54 JS |
4289 | // see comment before the same test in MSWOnMeasureItem() below |
4290 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4291 | return false; | |
4292 | ||
4293 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
42f25dcf | 4294 | false, _T("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4295 | |
7561aacd VZ |
4296 | // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent |
4297 | // the DC from being released | |
4298 | wxDCTemp dc((WXHDC)pDrawStruct->hDC); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4299 | wxRect rect(pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, pDrawStruct->rcItem.top, |
4300 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.right - pDrawStruct->rcItem.left, | |
4301 | pDrawStruct->rcItem.bottom - pDrawStruct->rcItem.top); | |
4302 | ||
4303 | return pMenuItem->OnDrawItem | |
7561aacd VZ |
4304 | ( |
4305 | dc, | |
4306 | rect, | |
4307 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODAction)pDrawStruct->itemAction, | |
4308 | (wxOwnerDrawn::wxODStatus)pDrawStruct->itemState | |
4309 | ); | |
42e69d6b | 4310 | } |
1e6feb95 | 4311 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4312 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4313 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
4314 | ||
6a89f9ee | 4315 | #if wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
c8e4fa8b | 4316 | |
c8e4fa8b | 4317 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d | 4318 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
567be187 | 4319 | #else // !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN |
1384636d VS |
4320 | // we may still have owner-drawn buttons internally because we have to make |
4321 | // them owner-drawn to support colour change | |
35bbb0c6 | 4322 | wxControl *item = |
095b80e2 WS |
4323 | # if wxUSE_BUTTON |
4324 | wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxButton) | |
4325 | # else | |
4326 | NULL | |
4327 | # endif | |
4328 | ; | |
cd0b1709 | 4329 | #endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN |
567be187 VZ |
4330 | |
4331 | if ( item ) | |
4332 | { | |
4333 | return item->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct); | |
4334 | } | |
4286a5b5 | 4335 | |
c8e4fa8b JS |
4336 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
4337 | ||
08158721 | 4338 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4339 | } |
4340 | ||
61fef19b | 4341 | bool |
d1d276f2 | 4342 | wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct) |
2bda0e17 | 4343 | { |
61fef19b | 4344 | #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 4345 | // is it a menu item? |
6f806543 VZ |
4346 | MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct; |
4347 | if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU ) | |
2d0a075d | 4348 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4349 | wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData); |
4350 | ||
b6afa1a3 VZ |
4351 | // according to Carsten Fuchs the pointer may be NULL under XP if an |
4352 | // MDI child frame is initially maximized, see this for more info: | |
4353 | // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.general/27745 | |
4354 | // | |
4355 | // so silently ignore it instead of asserting | |
4356 | if ( !pMenuItem ) | |
4357 | return false; | |
4358 | ||
4359 | wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem), | |
42f25dcf | 4360 | false, _T("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") ); |
42e69d6b | 4361 | |
975b6bcf VZ |
4362 | size_t w, h; |
4363 | bool rc = pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&w, &h); | |
4364 | ||
4365 | pMeasureStruct->itemWidth = w; | |
4366 | pMeasureStruct->itemHeight = h; | |
4367 | ||
4368 | return rc; | |
2d0a075d | 4369 | } |
42e69d6b | 4370 | |
567be187 VZ |
4371 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl); |
4372 | if ( item ) | |
42e69d6b | 4373 | { |
567be187 | 4374 | return item->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct); |
42e69d6b | 4375 | } |
d1d276f2 WS |
4376 | #else |
4377 | wxUnusedVar(id); | |
4378 | wxUnusedVar(itemStruct); | |
4379 | #endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE | |
567be187 | 4380 | |
08158721 | 4381 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4382 | } |
4383 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4384 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4385 | // colours and palettes | |
4386 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2bda0e17 | 4387 | |
1e6feb95 | 4388 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange() |
2bda0e17 | 4389 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4390 | wxSysColourChangedEvent event; |
4391 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4392 | ||
23895080 VZ |
4393 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4394 | ||
4395 | // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the | |
4396 | // native controls to react to the colours update | |
08158721 | 4397 | return false; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4398 | } |
4399 | ||
574c939e KB |
4400 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange() |
4401 | { | |
4402 | wxDisplayChangedEvent event; | |
4403 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4404 | ||
4405 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
4406 | } | |
4407 | ||
04ef50df | 4408 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
42e69d6b | 4409 | |
1a784dfc | 4410 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd) |
01c500af | 4411 | { |
3d74a760 | 4412 | #if !wxUSE_CONTROLS || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
43bfb798 | 4413 | wxUnusedVar(hDC); |
3d74a760 WS |
4414 | wxUnusedVar(hWnd); |
4415 | #else | |
2bae4332 | 4416 | wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItemByHWND(hWnd, true), wxControl); |
c3732409 | 4417 | |
01c500af | 4418 | if ( item ) |
1a784dfc | 4419 | *brush = item->MSWControlColor(hDC, hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 4420 | else |
1e6feb95 | 4421 | #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS |
01c500af | 4422 | *brush = NULL; |
42e69d6b | 4423 | |
01c500af | 4424 | return *brush != NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4425 | } |
4426 | ||
01c500af VZ |
4427 | #endif // __WXMICROWIN__ |
4428 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4429 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange) |
42e69d6b | 4430 | { |
574c939e | 4431 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE |
b95edd47 VZ |
4432 | // same as below except we don't respond to our own messages |
4433 | if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() ) | |
4434 | { | |
574c939e | 4435 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette |
fa21d338 | 4436 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
b95edd47 VZ |
4437 | while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() ) |
4438 | { | |
4439 | win = win->GetParent(); | |
4440 | } | |
4441 | ||
4442 | if ( win && win->HasCustomPalette() ) | |
4443 | { | |
4444 | // realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed | |
4445 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) hWndPalChange); | |
4446 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4447 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
574c939e KB |
4448 | |
4449 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
b95edd47 VZ |
4450 | |
4451 | // restore the palette (before releasing the DC) | |
4452 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE) | |
4453 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE)); | |
4454 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4455 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) hWndPalChange, hdc); | |
4456 | ||
4457 | // now check for the need to redraw | |
574c939e | 4458 | if (result > 0) |
08158721 | 4459 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE); |
574c939e | 4460 | } |
b95edd47 VZ |
4461 | |
4462 | } | |
4463 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE | |
574c939e | 4464 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4465 | wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId()); |
4466 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4467 | event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange)); | |
2d0a075d | 4468 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4469 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4470 | } | |
4471 | ||
a5e84126 JS |
4472 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture) |
4473 | { | |
63e819f2 VS |
4474 | // notify windows on the capture stack about lost capture |
4475 | // (see http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863): | |
72f8c792 | 4476 | wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost(); |
a5e84126 | 4477 | |
72f8c792 | 4478 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture); |
63e819f2 VS |
4479 | wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), win); |
4480 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
a5e84126 JS |
4481 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4482 | } | |
4483 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4484 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
4485 | { | |
4486 | // despite MSDN saying "(This message cannot be sent directly to a window.)" | |
4487 | // we need to send this to child windows (it is only sent to top-level | |
4488 | // windows) so {list,tree}ctrls can adjust their font size if necessary | |
4489 | // this is exactly how explorer does it to enable the font size changes | |
4490 | ||
4491 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); | |
4492 | while ( node ) | |
4493 | { | |
4494 | // top-level windows already get this message from the system | |
4495 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4496 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
4497 | { | |
4498 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETTINGCHANGE, wParam, lParam); | |
4499 | } | |
4500 | ||
4501 | node = node->GetNext(); | |
4502 | } | |
4503 | ||
3c96418b JG |
4504 | // let the system handle it |
4505 | return false; | |
4506 | } | |
4507 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4508 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette() |
42e69d6b | 4509 | { |
574c939e KB |
4510 | |
4511 | #if wxUSE_PALETTE | |
4512 | // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette | |
fa21d338 | 4513 | wxWindowMSW *win = this; |
574c939e KB |
4514 | while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent(); |
4515 | if (win->HasCustomPalette()) { | |
4516 | /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */ | |
3a3c8603 | 4517 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) GetHWND()); |
574c939e | 4518 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) |
b95edd47 | 4519 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4520 | |
4521 | int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc); | |
4522 | /* restore the palette (before releasing the DC) */ | |
4523 | win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE) | |
b95edd47 | 4524 | ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), TRUE) ); |
574c939e KB |
4525 | ::RealizePalette(hdc); |
4526 | ::ReleaseDC((HWND) GetHWND(), hdc); | |
4527 | /* now check for the need to redraw */ | |
4528 | if (result > 0) | |
4529 | ::InvalidateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, TRUE); | |
4530 | } | |
b95edd47 | 4531 | #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE |
574c939e | 4532 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4533 | wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId()); |
4534 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4535 | ||
4536 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized(); | |
4537 | } | |
4538 | ||
4539 | // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children. | |
574c939e | 4540 | void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event)) |
42e69d6b | 4541 | { |
90c1530a VZ |
4542 | // the top level window also reset the standard colour map as it might have |
4543 | // changed (there is no need to do it for the non top level windows as we | |
4544 | // only have to do it once) | |
4545 | if ( IsTopLevel() ) | |
4546 | { | |
4547 | // FIXME-MT | |
08158721 | 4548 | gs_hasStdCmap = false; |
90c1530a | 4549 | } |
222ed1d6 | 4550 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
42e69d6b VZ |
4551 | while ( node ) |
4552 | { | |
23895080 VZ |
4553 | // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already |
4554 | // sends this event to all top-level ones | |
4555 | wxWindow *win = node->GetData(); | |
4556 | if ( !win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
42e69d6b | 4557 | { |
23895080 VZ |
4558 | // we need to send the real WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE and not just trigger |
4559 | // EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED call because the latter wouldn't work for | |
4560 | // the standard controls | |
4561 | ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0, 0); | |
564b2609 | 4562 | } |
42e69d6b | 4563 | |
23895080 VZ |
4564 | node = node->GetNext(); |
4565 | } | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4566 | } |
4567 | ||
90c1530a VZ |
4568 | extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap() |
4569 | { | |
4570 | static COLORREF s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4571 | static wxCOLORMAP s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_MAX]; | |
4572 | ||
4573 | if ( !gs_hasStdCmap ) | |
4574 | { | |
08158721 | 4575 | static bool s_coloursInit = false; |
90c1530a VZ |
4576 | |
4577 | if ( !s_coloursInit ) | |
4578 | { | |
4579 | // When a bitmap is loaded, the RGB values can change (apparently | |
4580 | // because Windows adjusts them to care for the old programs always | |
4581 | // using 0xc0c0c0 while the transparent colour for the new Windows | |
4582 | // versions is different). But we do this adjustment ourselves so | |
4583 | // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a | |
4584 | // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change | |
4585 | // to. | |
e5dbcb50 | 4586 | wxLogNull logNo; // suppress error if we couldn't load the bitmap |
90c1530a VZ |
4587 | wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(_T("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS")); |
4588 | if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() ) | |
4589 | { | |
4590 | // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX! | |
4591 | wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX, | |
4592 | _T("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") ); | |
4593 | ||
4594 | wxMemoryDC memDC; | |
4595 | memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap); | |
4596 | ||
4597 | wxColour colour; | |
4598 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(s_stdColours); i++ ) | |
4599 | { | |
4600 | memDC.GetPixel(i, 0, &colour); | |
4601 | s_stdColours[i] = wxColourToRGB(colour); | |
4602 | } | |
4603 | } | |
4604 | else // wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS couldn't be loaded | |
4605 | { | |
4606 | s_stdColours[0] = RGB(000,000,000); // black | |
4607 | s_stdColours[1] = RGB(128,128,128); // dark grey | |
4608 | s_stdColours[2] = RGB(192,192,192); // light grey | |
4609 | s_stdColours[3] = RGB(255,255,255); // white | |
4610 | //s_stdColours[4] = RGB(000,000,255); // blue | |
4611 | //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255); // magenta | |
4612 | } | |
4613 | ||
08158721 | 4614 | s_coloursInit = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4615 | } |
4616 | ||
08158721 | 4617 | gs_hasStdCmap = true; |
90c1530a VZ |
4618 | |
4619 | // create the colour map | |
4620 | #define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \ | |
4621 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].from = s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_##col]; \ | |
4622 | s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].to = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_##col) | |
4623 | ||
4624 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNTEXT); | |
4625 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNSHADOW); | |
4626 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNFACE); | |
4627 | INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNHIGHLIGHT); | |
4628 | ||
4629 | #undef INIT_CMAP_ENTRY | |
4630 | } | |
4631 | ||
4632 | return s_cmap; | |
4633 | } | |
4634 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4635 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4636 | // painting | |
4637 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4638 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4639 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint() |
2bda0e17 | 4640 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4641 | HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle |
4642 | if ( !hRegion ) | |
f6bcfd97 | 4643 | wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn")); |
42e69d6b | 4644 | if ( ::GetUpdateRgn(GetHwnd(), hRegion, FALSE) == ERROR ) |
f6bcfd97 | 4645 | wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn")); |
c085e333 | 4646 | |
42e69d6b | 4647 | m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion); |
c085e333 | 4648 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4649 | wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId); |
4650 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2bda0e17 | 4651 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4652 | bool processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4653 | ||
4654 | // note that we must generate NC event after the normal one as otherwise | |
4655 | // BeginPaint() will happily overwrite our decorations with the background | |
4656 | // colour | |
4657 | wxNcPaintEvent eventNc(m_windowId); | |
4658 | eventNc.SetEventObject(this); | |
4659 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventNc); | |
4660 | ||
90df6033 VZ |
4661 | // don't keep an HRGN we don't need any longer (GetUpdateRegion() can only |
4662 | // be called from inside the event handlers called above) | |
4663 | m_updateRegion.Clear(); | |
4664 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4665 | return processed; |
2bda0e17 KB |
4666 | } |
4667 | ||
63da7df7 | 4668 | // Can be called from an application's OnPaint handler |
1e6feb95 | 4669 | void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event) |
63da7df7 | 4670 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4671 | #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__ |
4672 | event.Skip(); | |
4673 | #else | |
63da7df7 JS |
4674 | HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDC::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject()); |
4675 | if (hDC != 0) | |
4676 | { | |
4677 | MSWDefWindowProc(WM_PAINT, (WPARAM) hDC, 0); | |
4678 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 4679 | #endif |
63da7df7 JS |
4680 | } |
4681 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4682 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc) |
a23fd0e1 | 4683 | { |
e0e6ac8a | 4684 | wxDCTemp dc(hdc, GetClientSize()); |
c085e333 | 4685 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
4686 | dc.SetHDC(hdc); |
4687 | dc.SetWindow((wxWindow *)this); | |
c085e333 | 4688 | |
2bda0e17 | 4689 | wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc); |
42e69d6b | 4690 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
a23fd0e1 | 4691 | bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
c085e333 | 4692 | |
7561aacd | 4693 | // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp |
a23fd0e1 | 4694 | dc.SelectOldObjects(hdc); |
a23fd0e1 VZ |
4695 | |
4696 | return rc; | |
2bda0e17 KB |
4697 | } |
4698 | ||
8681b094 VZ |
4699 | void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event) |
4700 | { | |
52c3e064 VZ |
4701 | // standard non top level controls (i.e. except the dialogs) always erase |
4702 | // their background themselves in HandleCtlColor() or have some control- | |
4703 | // specific ways to set the colours (common controls) | |
4704 | if ( IsOfStandardClass() && !IsTopLevel() ) | |
b8335252 | 4705 | { |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4706 | event.Skip(); |
4707 | return; | |
4708 | } | |
b8335252 | 4709 | |
06d7ed27 | 4710 | if ( GetBackgroundStyle() == wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM ) |
c5bd3c62 | 4711 | { |
06d7ed27 VZ |
4712 | // don't skip the event here, custom background means that the app |
4713 | // is drawing it itself in its OnPaint(), so don't draw it at all | |
4714 | // now to avoid flicker | |
4715 | return; | |
4716 | } | |
8681b094 | 4717 | |
90df6033 | 4718 | |
06d7ed27 VZ |
4719 | // do default background painting |
4720 | if ( !DoEraseBackground(GetHdcOf(*event.GetDC())) ) | |
4721 | { | |
4722 | // let the system paint the background | |
4723 | event.Skip(); | |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4724 | } |
4725 | } | |
4726 | ||
c3732409 | 4727 | bool wxWindowMSW::DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC) |
c581abbc | 4728 | { |
c3732409 VZ |
4729 | HBRUSH hbr = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(hDC); |
4730 | if ( !hbr ) | |
c581abbc VZ |
4731 | return false; |
4732 | ||
c3732409 | 4733 | wxFillRect(GetHwnd(), (HDC)hDC, hbr); |
c581abbc VZ |
4734 | |
4735 | return true; | |
4736 | } | |
4737 | ||
c3732409 | 4738 | WXHBRUSH |
2bae4332 | 4739 | wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC), WXHWND hWnd) |
c5bd3c62 | 4740 | { |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4741 | if ( m_hasBgCol ) |
4742 | { | |
8d075f8d VZ |
4743 | // our background colour applies to: |
4744 | // 1. this window itself, always | |
4745 | // 2. all children unless the colour is "not inheritable" | |
c3732409 VZ |
4746 | // 3. even if it is not inheritable, our immediate transparent |
4747 | // children should still inherit it -- but not any transparent | |
4748 | // children because it would look wrong if a child of non | |
4749 | // transparent child would show our bg colour when the child itself | |
4750 | // does not | |
2bae4332 VZ |
4751 | wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd); |
4752 | if ( win == this || | |
c3732409 | 4753 | m_inheritBgCol || |
2bae4332 VZ |
4754 | (win && win->HasTransparentBackground() && |
4755 | win->GetParent() == this) ) | |
accbb1e7 | 4756 | { |
c3732409 VZ |
4757 | // draw children with the same colour as the parent |
4758 | wxBrush * | |
4759 | brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
4760 | ||
4761 | return (WXHBRUSH)GetHbrushOf(*brush); | |
accbb1e7 VZ |
4762 | } |
4763 | } | |
4764 | ||
c3732409 | 4765 | return 0; |
c5bd3c62 | 4766 | } |
8681b094 | 4767 | |
2bae4332 | 4768 | WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWndToPaint) |
bdd1a35d | 4769 | { |
2bae4332 VZ |
4770 | if ( !hWndToPaint ) |
4771 | hWndToPaint = GetHWND(); | |
bdd1a35d | 4772 | |
c3732409 | 4773 | for ( wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() ) |
c5bd3c62 | 4774 | { |
2bae4332 | 4775 | WXHBRUSH hBrush = win->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, hWndToPaint); |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4776 | if ( hBrush ) |
4777 | return hBrush; | |
24cb4019 | 4778 | |
c3732409 VZ |
4779 | // background is not inherited beyond top level windows |
4780 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() ) | |
24cb4019 | 4781 | break; |
01c500af | 4782 | } |
c5bd3c62 VZ |
4783 | |
4784 | return 0; | |
8681b094 VZ |
4785 | } |
4786 | ||
b728a212 | 4787 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC) |
1a784dfc | 4788 | { |
b728a212 JG |
4789 | // we receive this message when DrawThemeParentBackground() is |
4790 | // called from def window proc of several controls under XP and we | |
4791 | // must draw properly themed background here | |
4792 | // | |
4793 | // note that naively I'd expect filling the client rect with the | |
4794 | // brush returned by MSWGetBgBrush() work -- but for some reason it | |
4795 | // doesn't and we have to call parents MSWPrintChild() which is | |
4796 | // supposed to call DrawThemeBackground() with appropriate params | |
4797 | // | |
4798 | // also note that in this case lParam == PRF_CLIENT but we're | |
4799 | // clearly expected to paint the background and nothing else! | |
4800 | ||
4801 | if ( IsTopLevel() || InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
4802 | return false; | |
4803 | ||
4804 | // sometimes we don't want the parent to handle it at all, instead | |
4805 | // return whatever value this window wants | |
4806 | if ( !MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() ) | |
4807 | return MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this); | |
4808 | ||
4809 | for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() ) | |
4810 | { | |
4811 | if ( win->MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this) ) | |
4812 | return true; | |
4813 | ||
4814 | if ( win->IsTopLevel() || win->InheritsBackgroundColour() ) | |
4815 | break; | |
4816 | } | |
4817 | ||
1a784dfc VZ |
4818 | return false; |
4819 | } | |
4820 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
4821 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4822 | // moving and resizing | |
4823 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
4824 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4825 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMinimize() |
42e69d6b VZ |
4826 | { |
4827 | wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId); | |
4828 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
2d0a075d | 4829 | |
42e69d6b | 4830 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
4831 | } |
4832 | ||
1e6feb95 | 4833 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize() |
2bda0e17 | 4834 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
4835 | wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId); |
4836 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 4837 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4838 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4839 | } | |
2bda0e17 | 4840 | |
1e6feb95 | 4841 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y) |
42e69d6b | 4842 | { |
907173e5 WS |
4843 | wxPoint point(x,y); |
4844 | wxMoveEvent event(point, m_windowId); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
4845 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
4846 | ||
4847 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
4848 | } | |
4849 | ||
5706de1c JS |
4850 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect) |
4851 | { | |
4852 | wxMoveEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
4853 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 4854 | |
5706de1c JS |
4855 | bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4856 | if (rc) | |
4857 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
4858 | return rc; | |
4859 | } | |
4860 | ||
aa767a45 JS |
4861 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEnterSizeMove() |
4862 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 4863 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
4864 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_START); |
4865 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4866 | ||
4867 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
4868 | } | |
4869 | ||
4870 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleExitSizeMove() | |
4871 | { | |
66e2ba91 | 4872 | wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId); |
aa767a45 JS |
4873 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_END); |
4874 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4875 | ||
4876 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
4877 | } | |
4878 | ||
4bc0f25e | 4879 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam) |
42e69d6b | 4880 | { |
c3723477 JS |
4881 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
4882 | // when we resize this window, its children are probably going to be | |
4883 | // repositioned as well, prepare to use DeferWindowPos() for them | |
4884 | int numChildren = 0; | |
4885 | for ( HWND child = ::GetWindow(GetHwndOf(this), GW_CHILD); | |
4886 | child; | |
4887 | child = ::GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT) ) | |
4888 | { | |
4889 | numChildren ++; | |
4890 | } | |
4891 | ||
3fca879c | 4892 | // Protect against valid m_hDWP being overwritten |
c3723477 JS |
4893 | bool useDefer = false; |
4894 | ||
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4895 | if ( numChildren > 1 ) |
4896 | { | |
c3723477 | 4897 | if (!m_hDWP) |
3fca879c | 4898 | { |
c3723477 JS |
4899 | m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)::BeginDeferWindowPos(numChildren); |
4900 | if ( !m_hDWP ) | |
4901 | { | |
4902 | wxLogLastError(_T("BeginDeferWindowPos")); | |
4903 | } | |
4904 | if (m_hDWP) | |
4905 | useDefer = true; | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4906 | } |
4907 | } | |
f7040b5f | 4908 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
42e69d6b | 4909 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4910 | // update this window size |
4911 | bool processed = false; | |
4bc0f25e VZ |
4912 | switch ( wParam ) |
4913 | { | |
4914 | default: | |
4915 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") ); | |
4916 | // fall through nevertheless | |
4917 | ||
4918 | case SIZE_MAXHIDE: | |
4919 | case SIZE_MAXSHOW: | |
4920 | // we're not interested in these messages at all | |
4921 | break; | |
4922 | ||
4923 | case SIZE_MINIMIZED: | |
4924 | processed = HandleMinimize(); | |
4925 | break; | |
4926 | ||
4927 | case SIZE_MAXIMIZED: | |
a4d1972d | 4928 | /* processed = */ HandleMaximize(); |
4bc0f25e VZ |
4929 | // fall through to send a normal size event as well |
4930 | ||
4931 | case SIZE_RESTORED: | |
4932 | // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size | |
4933 | // while according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to | |
4934 | // receive the total size | |
4935 | wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId); | |
4936 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
4937 | ||
4938 | processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
4939 | } | |
4940 | ||
c3723477 | 4941 | #if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 4942 | // and finally change the positions of all child windows at once |
c3723477 | 4943 | if ( useDefer && m_hDWP ) |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4944 | { |
4945 | // reset m_hDWP to NULL so that child windows don't try to use our | |
4946 | // m_hDWP after we call EndDeferWindowPos() on it (this shouldn't | |
4947 | // happen anyhow normally but who knows what weird flow of control we | |
4948 | // may have depending on what the users EVT_SIZE handler does...) | |
4949 | HDWP hDWP = (HDWP)m_hDWP; | |
4950 | m_hDWP = NULL; | |
3fca879c | 4951 | |
3f48c8e2 VZ |
4952 | // do put all child controls in place at once |
4953 | if ( !::EndDeferWindowPos(hDWP) ) | |
4954 | { | |
4955 | wxLogLastError(_T("EndDeferWindowPos")); | |
4956 | } | |
c3723477 | 4957 | |
da78f3b1 | 4958 | // Reset our children's pending pos/size values. |
c3723477 JS |
4959 | for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
4960 | node; | |
4961 | node = node->GetNext() ) | |
4962 | { | |
82e3664e | 4963 | wxWindowMSW *child = node->GetData(); |
67644c1d RD |
4964 | child->m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition; |
4965 | child->m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize; | |
c3723477 | 4966 | } |
3f48c8e2 | 4967 | } |
7d86a2d4 | 4968 | #endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING |
3f48c8e2 | 4969 | |
4bc0f25e | 4970 | return processed; |
42e69d6b VZ |
4971 | } |
4972 | ||
5706de1c JS |
4973 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSizing(wxRect& rect) |
4974 | { | |
4975 | wxSizeEvent event(rect, m_windowId); | |
4976 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
577baeef | 4977 | |
5706de1c JS |
4978 | bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
4979 | if (rc) | |
4980 | rect = event.GetRect(); | |
4981 | return rc; | |
4982 | } | |
4983 | ||
0c0d1521 | 4984 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(mmInfo)) |
42e69d6b | 4985 | { |
7f0586ef | 4986 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
08158721 | 4987 | return false; |
7f0586ef | 4988 | #else |
42e69d6b VZ |
4989 | MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo; |
4990 | ||
08158721 | 4991 | bool rc = false; |
b2d5a7ee | 4992 | |
e7dda1ff VS |
4993 | int minWidth = GetMinWidth(), |
4994 | minHeight = GetMinHeight(), | |
4995 | maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(), | |
4996 | maxHeight = GetMaxHeight(); | |
42e69d6b | 4997 | |
422d0ff0 | 4998 | if ( minWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
2d0a075d | 4999 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5000 | info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth; |
08158721 | 5001 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5002 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5003 | |
422d0ff0 | 5004 | if ( minHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5005 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5006 | info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight; |
08158721 | 5007 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5008 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5009 | |
422d0ff0 | 5010 | if ( maxWidth != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5011 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5012 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth; |
08158721 | 5013 | rc = true; |
2d0a075d | 5014 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5015 | |
422d0ff0 | 5016 | if ( maxHeight != wxDefaultCoord ) |
42e69d6b | 5017 | { |
e7dda1ff | 5018 | info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight; |
08158721 | 5019 | rc = true; |
42e69d6b | 5020 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5021 | |
42e69d6b | 5022 | return rc; |
7f0586ef | 5023 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 5024 | } |
2d0a075d | 5025 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5026 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5027 | // command messages | |
5028 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5029 | ||
0edeeb6d | 5030 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id_, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control) |
42e69d6b | 5031 | { |
0edeeb6d VZ |
5032 | // sign extend to int from short before comparing with the other int ids |
5033 | int id = (signed short)id_; | |
5034 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5035 | #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
8c290175 | 5036 | if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu ) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5037 | { |
5038 | wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu; | |
5039 | wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL; | |
5040 | ||
5041 | return popupMenu->MSWCommand(cmd, id); | |
5042 | } | |
1e6feb95 | 5043 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE |
42e69d6b | 5044 | |
8c290175 | 5045 | wxWindow *win = NULL; |
71292fab VZ |
5046 | |
5047 | // first try to find it from HWND - this works even with the broken | |
5048 | // programs using the same ids for different controls | |
5049 | if ( control ) | |
42e69d6b | 5050 | { |
71292fab | 5051 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
b853f898 | 5052 | } |
2f4ef631 | 5053 | |
71292fab VZ |
5054 | // try the id |
5055 | if ( !win ) | |
b853f898 | 5056 | { |
0edeeb6d | 5057 | win = FindItem(id); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5058 | } |
5059 | ||
5060 | if ( win ) | |
b94ae1ea | 5061 | { |
42e69d6b | 5062 | return win->MSWCommand(cmd, id); |
b94ae1ea VZ |
5063 | } |
5064 | ||
5065 | // the messages sent from the in-place edit control used by the treectrl | |
5066 | // for label editing have id == 0, but they should _not_ be treated as menu | |
5067 | // messages (they are EN_XXX ones, in fact) so don't translate anything | |
5068 | // coming from a control to wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED | |
5069 | if ( !control ) | |
a84fc80b | 5070 | { |
b94ae1ea VZ |
5071 | // If no child window, it may be an accelerator, e.g. for a popup menu |
5072 | // command | |
a84fc80b JS |
5073 | |
5074 | wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED); | |
5075 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
5076 | event.SetId(id); | |
5077 | event.SetInt(id); | |
b94ae1ea VZ |
5078 | |
5079 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
a84fc80b | 5080 | } |
6fe19057 VZ |
5081 | else |
5082 | { | |
01d2bf4d | 5083 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
6fe19057 VZ |
5084 | // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND |
5085 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5086 | // wxSpinCtrl | |
5087 | wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control); | |
5088 | if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
08158721 | 5089 | return true; |
6fe19057 | 5090 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL |
42e69d6b | 5091 | |
01d2bf4d WS |
5092 | #if wxUSE_CHOICE && defined(__SMARTPHONE__) |
5093 | // the listbox ctrl which is logically part of wxChoice sends WM_COMMAND | |
5094 | // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to | |
5095 | // wxChoice | |
5096 | wxChoice *choice = wxChoice::GetChoiceForListBox(control); | |
5097 | if ( choice && choice->MSWCommand(cmd, id) ) | |
5098 | return true; | |
5099 | #endif | |
5100 | } | |
5101 | ||
08158721 | 5102 | return false; |
2bda0e17 KB |
5103 | } |
5104 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5105 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5106 | // mouse events | |
5107 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5108 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5109 | void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, |
5110 | int x, int y, | |
5111 | WXUINT flags) | |
42e69d6b | 5112 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5113 | // our client coords are not quite the same as Windows ones |
5114 | wxPoint pt = GetClientAreaOrigin(); | |
5115 | event.m_x = x - pt.x; | |
5116 | event.m_y = y - pt.y; | |
5117 | ||
5118 | event.m_shiftDown = (flags & MK_SHIFT) != 0; | |
5119 | event.m_controlDown = (flags & MK_CONTROL) != 0; | |
5120 | event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0; | |
5121 | event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0; | |
5122 | event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5123 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5124 | event.m_aux1Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON1) != 0; |
5125 | event.m_aux2Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON2) != 0; | |
2f68482e | 5126 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
6719c06a | 5127 | event.m_altDown = ::wxIsAltDown(); |
1e6feb95 | 5128 | |
f0b1ccde | 5129 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5130 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde JS |
5131 | #endif |
5132 | ||
687706f5 | 5133 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
fb35f0c7 | 5134 | event.SetId(GetId()); |
42e69d6b VZ |
5135 | |
5136 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5137 | gs_lastMouseEvent.pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)); |
5138 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = event.GetEventType(); | |
42e69d6b | 5139 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK |
2bda0e17 KB |
5140 | } |
5141 | ||
42b1fb63 | 5142 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 VZ |
5143 | // Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are |
5144 | // transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns | |
5145 | // HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events | |
5146 | // and so we manually check if we don't have a child window under mouse and if | |
5147 | // we do, send the event to it instead of the window Windows had sent WM_XXX | |
5148 | // to. | |
5149 | // | |
5150 | // Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could | |
5151 | // (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts | |
5152 | // still don't get move, enter nor leave events. | |
42b1fb63 | 5153 | static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) |
dfafa702 VZ |
5154 | { |
5155 | wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, _T("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") ); | |
5156 | ||
5157 | // first try to find a non transparent child: this allows us to send events | |
5158 | // to a static text which is inside a static box, for example | |
5159 | POINT pt = { *x, *y }; | |
5160 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win), | |
5161 | hwndUnderMouse; | |
5162 | ||
7f0586ef JS |
5163 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5164 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint | |
5165 | ( | |
5166 | hwnd, | |
5167 | pt | |
5168 | ); | |
5169 | #else | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5170 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx |
5171 | ( | |
5172 | hwnd, | |
5173 | pt, | |
5174 | CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE | | |
5175 | CWP_SKIPDISABLED | | |
5176 | CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT | |
5177 | ); | |
7f0586ef | 5178 | #endif |
dfafa702 VZ |
5179 | |
5180 | if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd ) | |
dfafa702 VZ |
5181 | { |
5182 | // now try any child window at all | |
5183 | hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt); | |
5184 | } | |
5185 | ||
5186 | // check that we have a child window which is susceptible to receive mouse | |
5187 | // events: for this it must be shown and enabled | |
5188 | if ( hwndUnderMouse && | |
5189 | hwndUnderMouse != hwnd && | |
5190 | ::IsWindowVisible(hwndUnderMouse) && | |
5191 | ::IsWindowEnabled(hwndUnderMouse) ) | |
5192 | { | |
5193 | wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwndUnderMouse); | |
5194 | if ( winUnderMouse ) | |
5195 | { | |
5196 | // translate the mouse coords to the other window coords | |
5197 | win->ClientToScreen(x, y); | |
5198 | winUnderMouse->ScreenToClient(x, y); | |
5199 | ||
5200 | win = winUnderMouse; | |
5201 | } | |
5202 | } | |
5203 | ||
5204 | return win; | |
5205 | } | |
42b1fb63 | 5206 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ |
dfafa702 | 5207 | |
1e6feb95 | 5208 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5209 | { |
42e69d6b | 5210 | // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to |
34621cc5 | 5211 | // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to subtract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST |
42e69d6b VZ |
5212 | // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event |
5213 | // id | |
5214 | static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] = | |
5215 | { | |
5216 | wxEVT_MOTION, | |
5217 | wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN, | |
5218 | wxEVT_LEFT_UP, | |
5219 | wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5220 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN, | |
5221 | wxEVT_RIGHT_UP, | |
5222 | wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
5223 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN, | |
5224 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP, | |
01101e2d VZ |
5225 | wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK, |
5226 | 0, // this one is for wxEVT_MOTION which is not used here | |
5227 | wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN, | |
5228 | wxEVT_AUX1_UP, | |
5229 | wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK, | |
5230 | wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN, | |
5231 | wxEVT_AUX2_UP, | |
5232 | wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK | |
42e69d6b | 5233 | }; |
2bda0e17 | 5234 | |
2f68482e | 5235 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
5236 | // the same messages are used for both auxillary mouse buttons so we need |
5237 | // to adjust the index manually | |
5238 | switch ( msg ) | |
5239 | { | |
5240 | case WM_XBUTTONDOWN: | |
5241 | case WM_XBUTTONUP: | |
5242 | case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK: | |
5243 | if ( flags & MK_XBUTTON2 ) | |
5244 | msg += wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN - wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN; | |
5245 | } | |
2f68482e | 5246 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d | 5247 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5248 | wxMouseEvent event(eventsMouse[msg - WM_MOUSEMOVE]); |
5249 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
5250 | ||
5251 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
5252 | } | |
5253 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5254 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5255 | { |
5256 | if ( !m_mouseInWindow ) | |
2bda0e17 | 5257 | { |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5258 | // it would be wrong to assume that just because we get a mouse move |
5259 | // event that the mouse is inside the window: although this is usually | |
5260 | // true, it is not if we had captured the mouse, so we need to check | |
5261 | // the mouse coordinates here | |
5262 | if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5263 | { | |
5264 | // Generate an ENTER event | |
08158721 | 5265 | m_mouseInWindow = true; |
e5297b7f | 5266 | |
4e5c6c33 | 5267 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 VZ |
5268 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *_TrackMouseEvent_t)(LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT); |
5269 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ | |
5270 | static const _TrackMouseEvent_t | |
5271 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = _TrackMouseEvent; | |
5272 | #else // !__WXWINCE__ | |
5273 | static _TrackMouseEvent_t s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent; | |
5274 | static bool s_initDone = false; | |
5275 | if ( !s_initDone ) | |
5276 | { | |
5277 | wxLogNull noLog; | |
5278 | ||
5279 | wxDynamicLibrary dllComCtl32(_T("comctl32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM); | |
5280 | if ( dllComCtl32.IsLoaded() ) | |
5281 | { | |
5282 | s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = (_TrackMouseEvent_t) | |
5283 | dllComCtl32.GetSymbol(_T("_TrackMouseEvent")); | |
5284 | } | |
5285 | ||
5286 | s_initDone = true; | |
4e5c6c33 | 5287 | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5288 | // notice that it's ok to unload comctl32.dll here as it won't |
5289 | // be really unloaded, being still in use because we link to it | |
5290 | // statically too | |
5291 | } | |
5292 | ||
5293 | if ( s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent ) | |
5294 | #endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__ | |
5295 | { | |
5296 | WinStruct<TRACKMOUSEEVENT> trackinfo; | |
4e5c6c33 | 5297 | |
aafb9978 VZ |
5298 | trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE; |
5299 | trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd(); | |
5300 | ||
5301 | (*s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent)(&trackinfo); | |
5302 | } | |
4e5c6c33 VZ |
5303 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
5304 | ||
1e6feb95 VZ |
5305 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW); |
5306 | InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags); | |
42e69d6b | 5307 | |
1e6feb95 VZ |
5308 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
5309 | } | |
42e69d6b | 5310 | } |
cff58b52 | 5311 | #ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
aafb9978 | 5312 | else // mouse not in window |
cff58b52 KH |
5313 | { |
5314 | // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event | |
5315 | // Windows doesn't send WM_MOUSELEAVE if the mouse has been captured so | |
5316 | // send it here if we are using native mouse leave tracking | |
5317 | if ( HasCapture() && !IsMouseInWindow() ) | |
5318 | { | |
5319 | GenerateMouseLeave(); | |
5320 | } | |
5321 | } | |
1ca78aa1 | 5322 | #endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT |
42e69d6b VZ |
5323 | |
5324 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5325 | // Windows often generates mouse events even if mouse position hasn't |
5326 | // changed (http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/66576) | |
5327 | // | |
5328 | // Filter this out as it can result in unexpected behaviour compared to | |
5329 | // other platforms | |
5330 | if ( gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN || | |
5331 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN || | |
5332 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN || | |
5333 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MOTION ) | |
5334 | { | |
5335 | if ( ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)) == gs_lastMouseEvent.pos ) | |
5336 | { | |
5337 | gs_lastMouseEvent.type = wxEVT_MOTION; | |
42e69d6b | 5338 | |
c358ea41 VZ |
5339 | return false; |
5340 | } | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5341 | } |
5342 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK | |
5343 | ||
5344 | return HandleMouseEvent(WM_MOUSEMOVE, x, y, flags); | |
5345 | } | |
5346 | ||
d2c52078 | 5347 | |
24ce4c18 | 5348 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
d2c52078 RD |
5349 | { |
5350 | #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL | |
3c297348 VZ |
5351 | // notice that WM_MOUSEWHEEL position is in screen coords (as it's |
5352 | // forwarded up to the parent by DefWindowProc()) and not in the client | |
5353 | // ones as all the other messages, translate them to the client coords for | |
5354 | // consistency | |
5355 | const wxPoint | |
5356 | pt = ScreenToClient(wxPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam))); | |
d2c52078 | 5357 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL); |
3c297348 | 5358 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, LOWORD(wParam)); |
d2c52078 RD |
5359 | event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam); |
5360 | event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA; | |
5361 | ||
0f7a546d RD |
5362 | static int s_linesPerRotation = -1; |
5363 | if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 ) | |
5364 | { | |
5365 | if ( !::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0, | |
5366 | &s_linesPerRotation, 0)) | |
5367 | { | |
5368 | // this is not supposed to happen | |
5369 | wxLogLastError(_T("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)")); | |
5370 | ||
5371 | // the default is 3, so use it if SystemParametersInfo() failed | |
5372 | s_linesPerRotation = 3; | |
5373 | } | |
5374 | } | |
d2c52078 | 5375 | |
0f7a546d | 5376 | event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation; |
d2c52078 | 5377 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
0f7a546d | 5378 | |
51e4e266 VZ |
5379 | #else // !wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
5380 | wxUnusedVar(wParam); | |
5381 | wxUnusedVar(lParam); | |
38caaa61 | 5382 | |
08158721 | 5383 | return false; |
51e4e266 | 5384 | #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL/!wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL |
d2c52078 RD |
5385 | } |
5386 | ||
51e4e266 VZ |
5387 | void wxWindowMSW::GenerateMouseLeave() |
5388 | { | |
5389 | m_mouseInWindow = false; | |
5390 | ||
5391 | int state = 0; | |
5392 | if ( wxIsShiftDown() ) | |
5393 | state |= MK_SHIFT; | |
5394 | if ( wxIsCtrlDown() ) | |
5395 | state |= MK_CONTROL; | |
5396 | ||
5397 | // Only the high-order bit should be tested | |
5398 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5399 | state |= MK_LBUTTON; | |
5400 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5401 | state |= MK_MBUTTON; | |
5402 | if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) & (1<<15) ) | |
5403 | state |= MK_RBUTTON; | |
5404 | ||
5405 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
5406 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5407 | if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt) ) | |
5408 | #else | |
51e4e266 | 5409 | if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) ) |
f2325516 | 5410 | #endif |
51e4e266 VZ |
5411 | { |
5412 | wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos")); | |
5413 | } | |
5414 | ||
5415 | // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with | |
5416 | // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW | |
5417 | RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd()); | |
5418 | pt.x -= rect.left; | |
5419 | pt.y -= rect.top; | |
5420 | ||
5421 | wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW); | |
5422 | InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, state); | |
5423 | ||
5424 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
5425 | } | |
d2c52078 | 5426 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5427 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5428 | // keyboard handling | |
5429 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5430 | ||
c42404a5 VZ |
5431 | // create the key event of the given type for the given key - used by |
5432 | // HandleChar and HandleKeyDown/Up | |
1e6feb95 | 5433 | wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType, |
b09bda68 | 5434 | int id, |
9c7df356 VZ |
5435 | WXLPARAM lParam, |
5436 | WXWPARAM wParam) const | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5437 | { |
5438 | wxKeyEvent event(evType); | |
5439 | event.SetId(GetId()); | |
3f7bc32b VZ |
5440 | event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); |
5441 | event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5442 | event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN; |
5443 | ||
687706f5 | 5444 | event.SetEventObject((wxWindow *)this); // const_cast |
c42404a5 | 5445 | event.m_keyCode = id; |
0d9b2c16 | 5446 | #if wxUSE_UNICODE |
32b13913 | 5447 | event.m_uniChar = (wxChar) wParam; |
0d9b2c16 | 5448 | #endif |
9c7df356 VZ |
5449 | event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam; |
5450 | event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam; | |
f0b1ccde | 5451 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 5452 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde | 5453 | #endif |
c42404a5 VZ |
5454 | |
5455 | // translate the position to client coords | |
5456 | POINT pt; | |
f2325516 JS |
5457 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
5458 | GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
5459 | #else | |
c42404a5 | 5460 | GetCursorPos(&pt); |
f2325516 | 5461 | #endif |
c42404a5 VZ |
5462 | RECT rect; |
5463 | GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect); | |
5464 | pt.x -= rect.left; | |
5465 | pt.y -= rect.top; | |
5466 | ||
5467 | event.m_x = pt.x; | |
5468 | event.m_y = pt.y; | |
5469 | ||
5470 | return event; | |
5471 | } | |
5472 | ||
08158721 | 5473 | // isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from |
42e69d6b | 5474 | // WM_KEYDOWN one |
1e6feb95 | 5475 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII) |
42e69d6b VZ |
5476 | { |
5477 | int id; | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5478 | if ( isASCII ) |
5479 | { | |
42e69d6b | 5480 | id = wParam; |
2d0a075d | 5481 | } |
9c7df356 | 5482 | else // we're called from WM_KEYDOWN |
c42404a5 | 5483 | { |
6121a198 VZ |
5484 | // don't pass lParam to wxCharCodeMSWToWX() here because we don't want |
5485 | // to get numpad key codes: CHAR events should use the logical keys | |
5486 | // such as WXK_HOME instead of WXK_NUMPAD_HOME which is for KEY events | |
5487 | id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam); | |
9c7df356 | 5488 | if ( id == 0 ) |
c42404a5 | 5489 | { |
9c7df356 | 5490 | // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from |
08158721 DS |
5491 | // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = true), don't process it now |
5492 | return false; | |
c42404a5 | 5493 | } |
9c7df356 | 5494 | } |
42e69d6b | 5495 | |
9c7df356 | 5496 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam, wParam)); |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
5497 | |
5498 | // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European | |
5499 | // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user | |
5500 | // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything | |
5501 | // alphanumeric, so pretend that there are no modifiers at all (the | |
5502 | // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really | |
5503 | // needed) | |
5504 | if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown && | |
5505 | (id >= 32 && id < 256) ) | |
9c7df356 | 5506 | { |
2b5f62a0 | 5507 | event.m_controlDown = |
08158721 | 5508 | event.m_altDown = false; |
2d0a075d | 5509 | } |
c42404a5 | 5510 | |
9c7df356 | 5511 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5512 | } |
5513 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5514 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5515 | { |
ff792344 | 5516 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 5517 | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5518 | if ( !id ) |
5519 | { | |
5520 | // normal ASCII char | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5521 | id = wParam; |
5522 | } | |
5523 | ||
b60978b2 VZ |
5524 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam, wParam)); |
5525 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
5526 | } |
5527 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5528 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
2bda0e17 | 5529 | { |
ff792344 | 5530 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
2bda0e17 | 5531 | |
c42404a5 VZ |
5532 | if ( !id ) |
5533 | { | |
5534 | // normal ASCII char | |
42e69d6b | 5535 | id = wParam; |
2d0a075d | 5536 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5537 | |
b60978b2 VZ |
5538 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam, wParam)); |
5539 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
2bda0e17 KB |
5540 | } |
5541 | ||
53a118d6 | 5542 | #if wxUSE_MENUS |
0c0d1521 WS |
5543 | int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(chAccel), |
5544 | WXLPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(lParam)) | |
b74cce40 | 5545 | { |
7f0586ef JS |
5546 | // FIXME: implement GetMenuItemCount for WinCE, possibly |
5547 | // in terms of GetMenuItemInfo | |
5548 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5549 | const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam; |
5550 | ||
5551 | MENUITEMINFO mii; | |
5552 | wxZeroMemory(mii); | |
5553 | mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO); | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5554 | |
5555 | // we could use MIIM_FTYPE here as we only need to know if the item is | |
5556 | // ownerdrawn or not and not dwTypeData which MIIM_TYPE also returns, but | |
5557 | // MIIM_FTYPE is not supported under Win95 | |
b74cce40 VZ |
5558 | mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA; |
5559 | ||
5560 | // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item | |
5561 | const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu); | |
5562 | for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
5563 | { | |
c70ffbdb VZ |
5564 | // previous loop iteration could modify it, reset it back before |
5565 | // calling GetMenuItemInfo() to prevent it from overflowing dwTypeData | |
5566 | mii.cch = 0; | |
5567 | ||
b74cce40 VZ |
5568 | if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) ) |
5569 | { | |
5570 | if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW ) | |
5571 | { | |
5572 | // dwItemData member of the MENUITEMINFO is a | |
5573 | // pointer to the associated wxMenuItem -- see the | |
5574 | // menu creation code | |
5575 | wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData; | |
5576 | ||
967d3d97 | 5577 | const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(item->GetItemLabel().wx_str(), _T('&')); |
b74cce40 VZ |
5578 | while ( p++ ) |
5579 | { | |
5580 | if ( *p == _T('&') ) | |
5581 | { | |
5582 | // this is not the accel char, find the real one | |
5583 | p = wxStrchr(p + 1, _T('&')); | |
5584 | } | |
5585 | else // got the accel char | |
5586 | { | |
5587 | // FIXME-UNICODE: this comparison doesn't risk to work | |
5588 | // for non ASCII accelerator characters I'm afraid, but | |
5589 | // what can we do? | |
907173e5 | 5590 | if ( (wchar_t)wxToupper(*p) == (wchar_t)chAccel ) |
b74cce40 VZ |
5591 | { |
5592 | return i; | |
5593 | } | |
5594 | else | |
5595 | { | |
5596 | // this one doesn't match | |
5597 | break; | |
5598 | } | |
5599 | } | |
5600 | } | |
5601 | } | |
5602 | } | |
e39af974 | 5603 | else // failed to get the menu text? |
b74cce40 | 5604 | { |
c70ffbdb | 5605 | // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log it |
b74cce40 VZ |
5606 | wxLogLastError(_T("GetMenuItemInfo")); |
5607 | } | |
5608 | } | |
7f0586ef | 5609 | #endif |
b74cce40 VZ |
5610 | return wxNOT_FOUND; |
5611 | } | |
5612 | ||
78c91815 VZ |
5613 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleClipboardEvent( WXUINT nMsg ) |
5614 | { | |
5615 | const wxEventType type = ( nMsg == WM_CUT ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT : | |
5616 | ( nMsg == WM_COPY ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY : | |
5617 | /*( nMsg == WM_PASTE ) ? */ wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE; | |
5618 | wxClipboardTextEvent evt(type, GetId()); | |
5619 | ||
5620 | evt.SetEventObject(this); | |
5621 | ||
5622 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
5623 | } | |
53a118d6 | 5624 | #endif // wxUSE_MENUS |
78c91815 | 5625 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5626 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5627 | // joystick | |
5628 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5629 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5630 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags) |
2bda0e17 | 5631 | { |
8cb172b4 | 5632 | #ifdef JOY_BUTTON1 |
42e69d6b VZ |
5633 | int change = 0; |
5634 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1CHG ) | |
5635 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5636 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2CHG ) | |
5637 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5638 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3CHG ) | |
5639 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5640 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4CHG ) | |
5641 | change = wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
2bda0e17 | 5642 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5643 | int buttons = 0; |
5644 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON1 ) | |
5645 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON1; | |
5646 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON2 ) | |
5647 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON2; | |
5648 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON3 ) | |
5649 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON3; | |
5650 | if ( flags & JOY_BUTTON4 ) | |
5651 | buttons |= wxJOY_BUTTON4; | |
c085e333 | 5652 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5653 | // the event ids aren't consecutive so we can't use table based lookup |
5654 | int joystick; | |
5655 | wxEventType eventType; | |
5656 | switch ( msg ) | |
5657 | { | |
5658 | case MM_JOY1MOVE: | |
5659 | joystick = 1; | |
5660 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5661 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5662 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5663 | case MM_JOY2MOVE: |
5664 | joystick = 2; | |
5665 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_MOVE; | |
5666 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5667 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5668 | case MM_JOY1ZMOVE: |
5669 | joystick = 1; | |
5670 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5671 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5672 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5673 | case MM_JOY2ZMOVE: |
5674 | joystick = 2; | |
5675 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE; | |
5676 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5677 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5678 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN: |
5679 | joystick = 1; | |
5680 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5681 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5682 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5683 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN: |
5684 | joystick = 2; | |
5685 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN; | |
5686 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 5687 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5688 | case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP: |
5689 | joystick = 1; | |
5690 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5691 | break; | |
5692 | ||
5693 | case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP: | |
5694 | joystick = 2; | |
5695 | eventType = wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_UP; | |
5696 | break; | |
5697 | ||
5698 | default: | |
223d09f6 | 5699 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event")); |
2d0a075d | 5700 | |
08158721 | 5701 | return false; |
2d0a075d | 5702 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5703 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5704 | wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change); |
5705 | event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y)); | |
5706 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
c085e333 | 5707 | |
42e69d6b | 5708 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
8cb172b4 | 5709 | #else |
991420e6 WS |
5710 | wxUnusedVar(msg); |
5711 | wxUnusedVar(x); | |
5712 | wxUnusedVar(y); | |
5713 | wxUnusedVar(flags); | |
08158721 | 5714 | return false; |
8cb172b4 | 5715 | #endif |
2bda0e17 KB |
5716 | } |
5717 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5718 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5719 | // scrolling | |
5720 | // --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5721 | ||
1e6feb95 | 5722 | bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam, |
f4f734c1 | 5723 | WXWORD pos, WXHWND control) |
35bbb0c6 | 5724 | { |
a0d924c6 | 5725 | if ( control && control != m_hWnd ) // Prevent infinite recursion |
cc2b7472 | 5726 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5727 | wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control); |
5728 | if ( child ) | |
5729 | return child->MSWOnScroll(orientation, wParam, pos, control); | |
cc2b7472 | 5730 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5731 | |
9145664b | 5732 | wxScrollWinEvent event; |
42e69d6b VZ |
5733 | event.SetPosition(pos); |
5734 | event.SetOrientation(orientation); | |
687706f5 | 5735 | event.SetEventObject(this); |
cc2b7472 | 5736 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
5737 | switch ( wParam ) |
5738 | { | |
5739 | case SB_TOP: | |
687706f5 | 5740 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP); |
42e69d6b | 5741 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 5742 | |
42e69d6b | 5743 | case SB_BOTTOM: |
687706f5 | 5744 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM); |
42e69d6b | 5745 | break; |
cc2b7472 | 5746 | |
42e69d6b | 5747 | case SB_LINEUP: |
687706f5 | 5748 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP); |
42e69d6b | 5749 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5750 | |
42e69d6b | 5751 | case SB_LINEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 5752 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 5753 | break; |
a02eb1d2 | 5754 | |
42e69d6b | 5755 | case SB_PAGEUP: |
687706f5 | 5756 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP); |
42e69d6b | 5757 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5758 | |
42e69d6b | 5759 | case SB_PAGEDOWN: |
687706f5 | 5760 | event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN); |
42e69d6b | 5761 | break; |
2bda0e17 | 5762 | |
42e69d6b | 5763 | case SB_THUMBPOSITION: |
feda3011 | 5764 | case SB_THUMBTRACK: |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5765 | // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers, |
5766 | // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must | |
5767 | // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must | |
5768 | // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one | |
5769 | // carrying the scrollbar position) | |
5770 | { | |
0cf5de11 | 5771 | WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo; |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5772 | scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS; |
5773 | ||
5774 | if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(), | |
5775 | orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ | |
5776 | : SB_VERT, | |
5777 | &scrollInfo) ) | |
5778 | { | |
3103e8a9 | 5779 | // Not necessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet. |
f676b387 | 5780 | // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo")); |
f6bcfd97 BP |
5781 | } |
5782 | ||
5783 | event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos); | |
5784 | } | |
f6bcfd97 | 5785 | |
687706f5 | 5786 | event.SetEventType( wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION |
f6bcfd97 | 5787 | ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE |
687706f5 | 5788 | : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK ); |
42e69d6b | 5789 | break; |
c085e333 | 5790 | |
42e69d6b | 5791 | default: |
08158721 | 5792 | return false; |
564b2609 | 5793 | } |
2bda0e17 | 5794 | |
42e69d6b | 5795 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); |
2bda0e17 KB |
5796 | } |
5797 | ||
5acec112 VZ |
5798 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5799 | // custom message handlers | |
5800 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
5801 | ||
5802 | /* static */ bool | |
5803 | wxWindowMSW::MSWRegisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
5804 | { | |
5805 | wxCHECK_MSG( gs_messageHandlers.find(msg) == gs_messageHandlers.end(), | |
5806 | false, _T("registering handler for the same message twice") ); | |
5807 | ||
5808 | gs_messageHandlers[msg] = handler; | |
5809 | return true; | |
5810 | } | |
5811 | ||
5812 | /* static */ void | |
5813 | wxWindowMSW::MSWUnregisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler) | |
5814 | { | |
5815 | const MSWMessageHandlers::iterator i = gs_messageHandlers.find(msg); | |
5816 | wxCHECK_RET( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() && i->second == handler, | |
5817 | _T("unregistering non-registered handler?") ); | |
5818 | ||
5819 | gs_messageHandlers.erase(i); | |
5820 | } | |
5821 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5822 | // =========================================================================== |
5823 | // global functions | |
5824 | // =========================================================================== | |
5825 | ||
7a5e53ab | 5826 | void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font) |
2bda0e17 | 5827 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
5828 | TEXTMETRIC tm; |
5829 | HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd); | |
42e69d6b | 5830 | HFONT was = 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 5831 | |
7a5e53ab VS |
5832 | // the_font.UseResource(); |
5833 | // the_font.RealizeResource(); | |
c57c2993 | 5834 | HFONT fnt = (HFONT)the_font.GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast |
7a5e53ab VS |
5835 | if ( fnt ) |
5836 | was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt); | |
35bbb0c6 | 5837 | |
42e69d6b | 5838 | GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm); |
7a5e53ab | 5839 | if ( fnt && was ) |
2d0a075d | 5840 | { |
42e69d6b | 5841 | SelectObject(dc,was); |
2d0a075d | 5842 | } |
42e69d6b | 5843 | ReleaseDC((HWND)wnd, dc); |
0655ad29 VZ |
5844 | |
5845 | if ( x ) | |
5846 | *x = tm.tmAveCharWidth; | |
5847 | if ( y ) | |
5848 | *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading; | |
2bda0e17 | 5849 | |
7a5e53ab | 5850 | // the_font.ReleaseResource(); |
42e69d6b | 5851 | } |
c085e333 | 5852 | |
5004c3ad JG |
5853 | // use the "extended" bit (24) of lParam to distinguish extended keys |
5854 | // from normal keys as the same key is sent | |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
5855 | static inline |
5856 | int ChooseNormalOrExtended(int lParam, int keyNormal, int keyExtended) | |
5004c3ad | 5857 | { |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
5858 | // except that if lParam is 0, it means we don't have real lParam from |
5859 | // WM_KEYDOWN but are just translating just a VK constant (e.g. done from | |
5860 | // msw/treectrl.cpp when processing TVN_KEYDOWN) -- then assume this is a | |
5861 | // non-numpad (hence extended) key as this is a more common case | |
5862 | return !lParam || (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? keyExtended : keyNormal; | |
5004c3ad JG |
5863 | } |
5864 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
5865 | // this array contains the Windows virtual key codes which map one to one to |
5866 | // WXK_xxx constants and is used in wxCharCodeMSWToWX/WXToMSW() below | |
5867 | // | |
5868 | // note that keys having a normal and numpad version (e.g. WXK_HOME and | |
5869 | // WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) are not included in this table as the mapping is not 1-to-1 | |
5870 | static const struct wxKeyMapping | |
5871 | { | |
5872 | int vk; | |
5873 | wxKeyCode wxk; | |
5874 | } gs_specialKeys[] = | |
5875 | { | |
5876 | { VK_CANCEL, WXK_CANCEL }, | |
5877 | { VK_BACK, WXK_BACK }, | |
5878 | { VK_TAB, WXK_TAB }, | |
5879 | { VK_CLEAR, WXK_CLEAR }, | |
5880 | { VK_SHIFT, WXK_SHIFT }, | |
5881 | { VK_CONTROL, WXK_CONTROL }, | |
5882 | { VK_MENU , WXK_ALT }, | |
5883 | { VK_PAUSE, WXK_PAUSE }, | |
5884 | { VK_CAPITAL, WXK_CAPITAL }, | |
5885 | { VK_SPACE, WXK_SPACE }, | |
5886 | { VK_ESCAPE, WXK_ESCAPE }, | |
5887 | { VK_SELECT, WXK_SELECT }, | |
5888 | { VK_PRINT, WXK_PRINT }, | |
5889 | { VK_EXECUTE, WXK_EXECUTE }, | |
e59c2b2d VZ |
5890 | { VK_SNAPSHOT, WXK_SNAPSHOT }, |
5891 | { VK_HELP, WXK_HELP }, | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5892 | |
5893 | { VK_NUMPAD0, WXK_NUMPAD0 }, | |
5894 | { VK_NUMPAD1, WXK_NUMPAD1 }, | |
5895 | { VK_NUMPAD2, WXK_NUMPAD2 }, | |
5896 | { VK_NUMPAD3, WXK_NUMPAD3 }, | |
5897 | { VK_NUMPAD4, WXK_NUMPAD4 }, | |
5898 | { VK_NUMPAD5, WXK_NUMPAD5 }, | |
5899 | { VK_NUMPAD6, WXK_NUMPAD6 }, | |
5900 | { VK_NUMPAD7, WXK_NUMPAD7 }, | |
5901 | { VK_NUMPAD8, WXK_NUMPAD8 }, | |
5902 | { VK_NUMPAD9, WXK_NUMPAD9 }, | |
5903 | { VK_MULTIPLY, WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY }, | |
5904 | { VK_ADD, WXK_NUMPAD_ADD }, | |
5905 | { VK_SUBTRACT, WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT }, | |
5906 | { VK_DECIMAL, WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL }, | |
5907 | { VK_DIVIDE, WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE }, | |
5908 | ||
5909 | { VK_F1, WXK_F1 }, | |
5910 | { VK_F2, WXK_F2 }, | |
5911 | { VK_F3, WXK_F3 }, | |
5912 | { VK_F4, WXK_F4 }, | |
5913 | { VK_F5, WXK_F5 }, | |
5914 | { VK_F6, WXK_F6 }, | |
5915 | { VK_F7, WXK_F7 }, | |
5916 | { VK_F8, WXK_F8 }, | |
5917 | { VK_F9, WXK_F9 }, | |
5918 | { VK_F10, WXK_F10 }, | |
5919 | { VK_F11, WXK_F11 }, | |
5920 | { VK_F12, WXK_F12 }, | |
5921 | { VK_F13, WXK_F13 }, | |
5922 | { VK_F14, WXK_F14 }, | |
5923 | { VK_F15, WXK_F15 }, | |
5924 | { VK_F16, WXK_F16 }, | |
5925 | { VK_F17, WXK_F17 }, | |
5926 | { VK_F18, WXK_F18 }, | |
5927 | { VK_F19, WXK_F19 }, | |
5928 | { VK_F20, WXK_F20 }, | |
5929 | { VK_F21, WXK_F21 }, | |
5930 | { VK_F22, WXK_F22 }, | |
5931 | { VK_F23, WXK_F23 }, | |
5932 | { VK_F24, WXK_F24 }, | |
5933 | ||
5934 | { VK_NUMLOCK, WXK_NUMLOCK }, | |
5935 | { VK_SCROLL, WXK_SCROLL }, | |
5936 | ||
5937 | #ifdef VK_APPS | |
5938 | { VK_LWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT }, | |
5939 | { VK_RWIN, WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT }, | |
5940 | { VK_APPS, WXK_WINDOWS_MENU }, | |
5941 | #endif // VK_APPS defined | |
5942 | }; | |
5943 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
5944 | // Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that |
5945 | // the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead. | |
d5c21b02 | 5946 | int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int vk, WXLPARAM lParam) |
42e69d6b | 5947 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5948 | // check the table first |
5949 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
5950 | { | |
5951 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].vk == vk ) | |
5952 | return gs_specialKeys[n].wxk; | |
5953 | } | |
9c7df356 | 5954 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5955 | // keys requiring special handling |
5956 | int wxk; | |
5957 | switch ( vk ) | |
5958 | { | |
e77c5d96 VZ |
5959 | // the mapping for these keys may be incorrect on non-US keyboards so |
5960 | // maybe we shouldn't map them to ASCII values at all | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
5961 | case VK_OEM_1: wxk = ';'; break; |
5962 | case VK_OEM_PLUS: wxk = '+'; break; | |
5963 | case VK_OEM_COMMA: wxk = ','; break; | |
5964 | case VK_OEM_MINUS: wxk = '-'; break; | |
5965 | case VK_OEM_PERIOD: wxk = '.'; break; | |
5966 | case VK_OEM_2: wxk = '/'; break; | |
5967 | case VK_OEM_3: wxk = '~'; break; | |
5968 | case VK_OEM_4: wxk = '['; break; | |
5969 | case VK_OEM_5: wxk = '\\'; break; | |
5970 | case VK_OEM_6: wxk = ']'; break; | |
5971 | case VK_OEM_7: wxk = '\''; break; | |
702c4208 | 5972 | |
5004c3ad | 5973 | // handle extended keys |
413553cc | 5974 | case VK_PRIOR: |
d5c21b02 | 5975 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, WXK_PAGEUP); |
413553cc | 5976 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5977 | |
413553cc | 5978 | case VK_NEXT: |
d5c21b02 | 5979 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, WXK_PAGEDOWN); |
413553cc | 5980 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5981 | |
413553cc | 5982 | case VK_END: |
d5c21b02 | 5983 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_END, WXK_END); |
413553cc | 5984 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5985 | |
413553cc | 5986 | case VK_HOME: |
d5c21b02 | 5987 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, WXK_HOME); |
413553cc | 5988 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5989 | |
413553cc | 5990 | case VK_LEFT: |
d5c21b02 | 5991 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, WXK_LEFT); |
413553cc | 5992 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5993 | |
413553cc | 5994 | case VK_UP: |
d5c21b02 | 5995 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_UP, WXK_UP); |
413553cc | 5996 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 5997 | |
413553cc | 5998 | case VK_RIGHT: |
d5c21b02 | 5999 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, WXK_RIGHT); |
413553cc | 6000 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6001 | |
413553cc | 6002 | case VK_DOWN: |
d5c21b02 | 6003 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, WXK_DOWN); |
413553cc | 6004 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6005 | |
413553cc | 6006 | case VK_INSERT: |
d5c21b02 | 6007 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, WXK_INSERT); |
413553cc | 6008 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6009 | |
413553cc | 6010 | case VK_DELETE: |
d5c21b02 | 6011 | wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, WXK_DELETE); |
413553cc | 6012 | break; |
d5c21b02 | 6013 | |
ff792344 | 6014 | case VK_RETURN: |
ed5bc8f1 VZ |
6015 | // don't use ChooseNormalOrExtended() here as the keys are reversed |
6016 | // here: numpad enter is the extended one | |
d5c21b02 | 6017 | wxk = lParam && (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN; |
ff792344 VZ |
6018 | break; |
6019 | ||
f6bcfd97 | 6020 | default: |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6021 | wxk = 0; |
6022 | } | |
6023 | ||
6024 | return wxk; | |
6025 | } | |
6026 | ||
6027 | WXWORD wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int wxk, bool *isVirtual) | |
6028 | { | |
6029 | if ( isVirtual ) | |
6030 | *isVirtual = true; | |
6031 | ||
6032 | // check the table first | |
6033 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ ) | |
6034 | { | |
6035 | if ( gs_specialKeys[n].wxk == wxk ) | |
6036 | return gs_specialKeys[n].vk; | |
6037 | } | |
6038 | ||
6039 | // and then check for special keys not included in the table | |
6040 | WXWORD vk; | |
6041 | switch ( wxk ) | |
6042 | { | |
71403278 VZ |
6043 | case WXK_PAGEUP: |
6044 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP: | |
6045 | vk = VK_PRIOR; | |
6046 | break; | |
6047 | ||
6048 | case WXK_PAGEDOWN: | |
6049 | case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN: | |
6050 | vk = VK_NEXT; | |
6051 | break; | |
6052 | ||
6053 | case WXK_END: | |
6054 | case WXK_NUMPAD_END: | |
6055 | vk = VK_END; | |
6056 | break; | |
6057 | ||
6058 | case WXK_HOME: | |
6059 | case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME: | |
6060 | vk = VK_HOME; | |
6061 | break; | |
6062 | ||
6063 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
6064 | case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT: | |
6065 | vk = VK_LEFT; | |
6066 | break; | |
6067 | ||
6068 | case WXK_UP: | |
6069 | case WXK_NUMPAD_UP: | |
6070 | vk = VK_UP; | |
6071 | break; | |
6072 | ||
6073 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
6074 | case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT: | |
6075 | vk = VK_RIGHT; | |
6076 | break; | |
6077 | ||
6078 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
6079 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN: | |
6080 | vk = VK_DOWN; | |
6081 | break; | |
6082 | ||
6083 | case WXK_INSERT: | |
6084 | case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT: | |
6085 | vk = VK_INSERT; | |
6086 | break; | |
6087 | ||
6088 | case WXK_DELETE: | |
6089 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE: | |
6090 | vk = VK_DELETE; | |
6091 | break; | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6092 | |
6093 | default: | |
06d7ed27 VZ |
6094 | if ( isVirtual ) |
6095 | *isVirtual = false; | |
6096 | vk = (WXWORD)wxk; | |
6097 | break; | |
2bda0e17 | 6098 | } |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6099 | |
6100 | return vk; | |
6101 | } | |
6102 | ||
b8f434e7 JS |
6103 | #ifndef SM_SWAPBUTTON |
6104 | #define SM_SWAPBUTTON 23 | |
6105 | #endif | |
6106 | ||
d5c21b02 VZ |
6107 | // small helper for wxGetKeyState() and wxGetMouseState() |
6108 | static inline bool wxIsKeyDown(WXWORD vk) | |
6109 | { | |
b8f434e7 JS |
6110 | switch (vk) |
6111 | { | |
6112 | case VK_LBUTTON: | |
f4322df6 | 6113 | if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON)) vk = VK_RBUTTON; |
b8f434e7 JS |
6114 | break; |
6115 | case VK_RBUTTON: | |
6116 | if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON)) vk = VK_LBUTTON; | |
6117 | break; | |
6118 | } | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6119 | // the low order bit indicates whether the key was pressed since the last |
6120 | // call and the high order one indicates whether it is down right now and | |
6121 | // we only want that one | |
b8f434e7 | 6122 | return (GetAsyncKeyState(vk) & (1<<15)) != 0; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6123 | } |
6124 | ||
1751226c | 6125 | bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key) |
6ed892f3 | 6126 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6127 | // although this does work under Windows, it is not supported under other |
6128 | // platforms so don't allow it, you must use wxGetMouseState() instead | |
6129 | wxASSERT_MSG( key != VK_LBUTTON && | |
6130 | key != VK_RBUTTON && | |
6131 | key != VK_MBUTTON, | |
6132 | wxT("can't use wxGetKeyState() for mouse buttons") ); | |
6ed892f3 | 6133 | |
d5c21b02 | 6134 | const WXWORD vk = wxCharCodeWXToMSW(key); |
44353523 | 6135 | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6136 | // if the requested key is a LED key, return true if the led is pressed |
6137 | if ( key == WXK_NUMLOCK || key == WXK_CAPITAL || key == WXK_SCROLL ) | |
fdec2c05 | 6138 | { |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6139 | // low order bit means LED is highlighted and high order one means the |
6140 | // key is down; for compatibility with the other ports return true if | |
6141 | // either one is set | |
b8f434e7 | 6142 | return GetKeyState(vk) != 0; |
35bbb0c6 | 6143 | |
fdec2c05 | 6144 | } |
d5c21b02 | 6145 | else // normal key |
84c51ddf | 6146 | { |
d5c21b02 | 6147 | return wxIsKeyDown(vk); |
84c51ddf | 6148 | } |
6ed892f3 RN |
6149 | } |
6150 | ||
7dd40b6f RD |
6151 | |
6152 | wxMouseState wxGetMouseState() | |
6153 | { | |
6154 | wxMouseState ms; | |
6155 | POINT pt; | |
6156 | GetCursorPos( &pt ); | |
6157 | ||
6158 | ms.SetX(pt.x); | |
6159 | ms.SetY(pt.y); | |
d5c21b02 VZ |
6160 | ms.SetLeftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_LBUTTON)); |
6161 | ms.SetMiddleDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MBUTTON)); | |
6162 | ms.SetRightDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_RBUTTON)); | |
2f68482e | 6163 | #ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON |
01101e2d VZ |
6164 | ms.SetAux1Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON1)); |
6165 | ms.SetAux2Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON2)); | |
2f68482e | 6166 | #endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON |
dd28827a | 6167 | |
6719c06a VZ |
6168 | ms.SetControlDown(wxIsCtrlDown ()); |
6169 | ms.SetShiftDown (wxIsShiftDown()); | |
6170 | ms.SetAltDown (wxIsAltDown ()); | |
7dd40b6f | 6171 | // ms.SetMetaDown(); |
dd28827a | 6172 | |
7dd40b6f RD |
6173 | return ms; |
6174 | } | |
6175 | ||
6176 | ||
42e69d6b | 6177 | wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow() |
2bda0e17 | 6178 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6179 | HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow(); |
6180 | if ( hWnd != 0 ) | |
2d0a075d | 6181 | { |
42e69d6b | 6182 | return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd); |
2d0a075d | 6183 | } |
42e69d6b | 6184 | return NULL; |
2bda0e17 KB |
6185 | } |
6186 | ||
8614c467 VZ |
6187 | extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd) |
6188 | { | |
6189 | HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd; | |
6190 | ||
6191 | // For a radiobutton, we get the radiobox from GWL_USERDATA (which is set | |
6192 | // by code in msw/radiobox.cpp), for all the others we just search up the | |
6193 | // window hierarchy | |
6194 | wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
6195 | if ( hwnd ) | |
6196 | { | |
6197 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd); | |
6198 | if ( !win ) | |
6199 | { | |
a2242341 | 6200 | #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX |
8614c467 VZ |
6201 | // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any |
6202 | // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to | |
6203 | // do it as well, win would be already non NULL | |
a2242341 | 6204 | if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON ) |
8614c467 | 6205 | { |
975b6bcf | 6206 | win = (wxWindow *)wxGetWindowUserData(hwnd); |
8614c467 | 6207 | } |
a2242341 VZ |
6208 | //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox |
6209 | #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX | |
6210 | ||
6211 | // spin control text buddy window should be mapped to spin ctrl | |
6212 | // itself so try it too | |
24ce4c18 | 6213 | #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) |
a2242341 VZ |
6214 | if ( !win ) |
6215 | { | |
6216 | win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd); | |
6217 | } | |
6218 | #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL | |
8614c467 | 6219 | } |
8614c467 VZ |
6220 | } |
6221 | ||
6222 | while ( hwnd && !win ) | |
6223 | { | |
761989ff VZ |
6224 | // this is a really ugly hack needed to avoid mistakenly returning the |
6225 | // parent frame wxWindow for the find/replace modeless dialog HWND - | |
6226 | // this, in turn, is needed to call IsDialogMessage() from | |
6227 | // wxApp::ProcessMessage() as for this we must return NULL from here | |
6228 | // | |
6229 | // FIXME: this is clearly not the best way to do it but I think we'll | |
6230 | // need to change HWND <-> wxWindow code more heavily than I can | |
6231 | // do it now to fix it | |
c67d6888 | 6232 | #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__ |
761989ff VZ |
6233 | if ( ::GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER) ) |
6234 | { | |
6235 | // it's a dialog box, don't go upwards | |
6236 | break; | |
6237 | } | |
c67d6888 | 6238 | #endif |
761989ff | 6239 | |
8614c467 | 6240 | hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd); |
761989ff | 6241 | win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd); |
8614c467 VZ |
6242 | } |
6243 | ||
6244 | return win; | |
6245 | } | |
6246 | ||
7f0586ef | 6247 | #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) |
04ef50df | 6248 | |
42e69d6b VZ |
6249 | // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE |
6250 | // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is. | |
6251 | static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0; | |
6252 | static FARPROC wxTheKeyboardHookProc = 0; | |
6253 | int APIENTRY _EXPORT | |
6254 | wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam); | |
2bda0e17 | 6255 | |
42e69d6b | 6256 | void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt) |
2bda0e17 | 6257 | { |
42e69d6b | 6258 | if ( doIt ) |
2d0a075d | 6259 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6260 | wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance()); |
6261 | wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(), | |
c7527e3f | 6262 | |
8614c467 | 6263 | GetCurrentThreadId() |
42e69d6b | 6264 | // (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right? |
8614c467 | 6265 | ); |
2d0a075d | 6266 | } |
2d0a075d | 6267 | else |
2d0a075d | 6268 | { |
42e69d6b | 6269 | UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook); |
2d0a075d | 6270 | } |
2bda0e17 KB |
6271 | } |
6272 | ||
42e69d6b VZ |
6273 | int APIENTRY _EXPORT |
6274 | wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam) | |
2bda0e17 | 6275 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6276 | DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam); |
6277 | if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) ) | |
43d811ea | 6278 | { |
ff792344 | 6279 | int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam); |
32de7d24 | 6280 | if ( id != 0 ) |
43d811ea | 6281 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6282 | wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK); |
6283 | if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN ) | |
08158721 | 6284 | event.m_altDown = true; |
c085e333 | 6285 | |
687706f5 | 6286 | event.SetEventObject(NULL); |
42e69d6b | 6287 | event.m_keyCode = id; |
3f7bc32b VZ |
6288 | event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown(); |
6289 | event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown(); | |
f0b1ccde | 6290 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
1bf77ee5 | 6291 | event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime()); |
f0b1ccde | 6292 | #endif |
42e69d6b | 6293 | wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow(); |
32de7d24 | 6294 | wxEvtHandler *handler; |
42e69d6b VZ |
6295 | if ( win ) |
6296 | { | |
32de7d24 VZ |
6297 | handler = win->GetEventHandler(); |
6298 | event.SetId(win->GetId()); | |
42e69d6b VZ |
6299 | } |
6300 | else | |
6301 | { | |
32de7d24 | 6302 | handler = wxTheApp; |
abb74e0f | 6303 | event.SetId(wxID_ANY); |
32de7d24 VZ |
6304 | } |
6305 | ||
6306 | if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) ) | |
6307 | { | |
6308 | // processed | |
6309 | return 1; | |
42e69d6b | 6310 | } |
43d811ea JS |
6311 | } |
6312 | } | |
32de7d24 | 6313 | |
42e69d6b | 6314 | return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
4fabb575 | 6315 | } |
cd4453e5 VZ |
6316 | |
6317 | #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__ | |
4fabb575 | 6318 | |
b2aef89b | 6319 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ |
4a712ba3 | 6320 | const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message) |
47cbd6da | 6321 | { |
42e69d6b VZ |
6322 | switch ( message ) |
6323 | { | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6324 | case 0x0000: return wxT("WM_NULL"); |
6325 | case 0x0001: return wxT("WM_CREATE"); | |
6326 | case 0x0002: return wxT("WM_DESTROY"); | |
6327 | case 0x0003: return wxT("WM_MOVE"); | |
6328 | case 0x0005: return wxT("WM_SIZE"); | |
6329 | case 0x0006: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATE"); | |
6330 | case 0x0007: return wxT("WM_SETFOCUS"); | |
6331 | case 0x0008: return wxT("WM_KILLFOCUS"); | |
6332 | case 0x000A: return wxT("WM_ENABLE"); | |
6333 | case 0x000B: return wxT("WM_SETREDRAW"); | |
6334 | case 0x000C: return wxT("WM_SETTEXT"); | |
6335 | case 0x000D: return wxT("WM_GETTEXT"); | |
6336 | case 0x000E: return wxT("WM_GETTEXTLENGTH"); | |
6337 | case 0x000F: return wxT("WM_PAINT"); | |
6338 | case 0x0010: return wxT("WM_CLOSE"); | |
6339 | case 0x0011: return wxT("WM_QUERYENDSESSION"); | |
6340 | case 0x0012: return wxT("WM_QUIT"); | |
6341 | case 0x0013: return wxT("WM_QUERYOPEN"); | |
6342 | case 0x0014: return wxT("WM_ERASEBKGND"); | |
6343 | case 0x0015: return wxT("WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE"); | |
6344 | case 0x0016: return wxT("WM_ENDSESSION"); | |
6345 | case 0x0017: return wxT("WM_SYSTEMERROR"); | |
6346 | case 0x0018: return wxT("WM_SHOWWINDOW"); | |
6347 | case 0x0019: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOR"); | |
6348 | case 0x001A: return wxT("WM_WININICHANGE"); | |
6349 | case 0x001B: return wxT("WM_DEVMODECHANGE"); | |
6350 | case 0x001C: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATEAPP"); | |
6351 | case 0x001D: return wxT("WM_FONTCHANGE"); | |
6352 | case 0x001E: return wxT("WM_TIMECHANGE"); | |
6353 | case 0x001F: return wxT("WM_CANCELMODE"); | |
6354 | case 0x0020: return wxT("WM_SETCURSOR"); | |
6355 | case 0x0021: return wxT("WM_MOUSEACTIVATE"); | |
6356 | case 0x0022: return wxT("WM_CHILDACTIVATE"); | |
6357 | case 0x0023: return wxT("WM_QUEUESYNC"); | |
6358 | case 0x0024: return wxT("WM_GETMINMAXINFO"); | |
6359 | case 0x0026: return wxT("WM_PAINTICON"); | |
6360 | case 0x0027: return wxT("WM_ICONERASEBKGND"); | |
6361 | case 0x0028: return wxT("WM_NEXTDLGCTL"); | |
6362 | case 0x002A: return wxT("WM_SPOOLERSTATUS"); | |
6363 | case 0x002B: return wxT("WM_DRAWITEM"); | |
6364 | case 0x002C: return wxT("WM_MEASUREITEM"); | |
6365 | case 0x002D: return wxT("WM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6366 | case 0x002E: return wxT("WM_VKEYTOITEM"); | |
6367 | case 0x002F: return wxT("WM_CHARTOITEM"); | |
6368 | case 0x0030: return wxT("WM_SETFONT"); | |
6369 | case 0x0031: return wxT("WM_GETFONT"); | |
6370 | case 0x0037: return wxT("WM_QUERYDRAGICON"); | |
6371 | case 0x0039: return wxT("WM_COMPAREITEM"); | |
6372 | case 0x0041: return wxT("WM_COMPACTING"); | |
6373 | case 0x0044: return wxT("WM_COMMNOTIFY"); | |
6374 | case 0x0046: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING"); | |
6375 | case 0x0047: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED"); | |
6376 | case 0x0048: return wxT("WM_POWER"); | |
6377 | ||
6378 | case 0x004A: return wxT("WM_COPYDATA"); | |
6379 | case 0x004B: return wxT("WM_CANCELJOURNAL"); | |
6380 | case 0x004E: return wxT("WM_NOTIFY"); | |
6381 | case 0x0050: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST"); | |
6382 | case 0x0051: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE"); | |
6383 | case 0x0052: return wxT("WM_TCARD"); | |
6384 | case 0x0053: return wxT("WM_HELP"); | |
6385 | case 0x0054: return wxT("WM_USERCHANGED"); | |
6386 | case 0x0055: return wxT("WM_NOTIFYFORMAT"); | |
6387 | case 0x007B: return wxT("WM_CONTEXTMENU"); | |
6388 | case 0x007C: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGING"); | |
6389 | case 0x007D: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGED"); | |
6390 | case 0x007E: return wxT("WM_DISPLAYCHANGE"); | |
6391 | case 0x007F: return wxT("WM_GETICON"); | |
6392 | case 0x0080: return wxT("WM_SETICON"); | |
6393 | ||
6394 | case 0x0081: return wxT("WM_NCCREATE"); | |
6395 | case 0x0082: return wxT("WM_NCDESTROY"); | |
6396 | case 0x0083: return wxT("WM_NCCALCSIZE"); | |
6397 | case 0x0084: return wxT("WM_NCHITTEST"); | |
6398 | case 0x0085: return wxT("WM_NCPAINT"); | |
6399 | case 0x0086: return wxT("WM_NCACTIVATE"); | |
6400 | case 0x0087: return wxT("WM_GETDLGCODE"); | |
6401 | case 0x00A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEMOVE"); | |
6402 | case 0x00A1: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6403 | case 0x00A2: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONUP"); | |
6404 | case 0x00A3: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6405 | case 0x00A4: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6406 | case 0x00A5: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONUP"); | |
6407 | case 0x00A6: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6408 | case 0x00A7: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6409 | case 0x00A8: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONUP"); | |
6410 | case 0x00A9: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
609da8bb VZ |
6411 | |
6412 | case 0x00B0: return wxT("EM_GETSEL"); | |
6413 | case 0x00B1: return wxT("EM_SETSEL"); | |
6414 | case 0x00B2: return wxT("EM_GETRECT"); | |
6415 | case 0x00B3: return wxT("EM_SETRECT"); | |
6416 | case 0x00B4: return wxT("EM_SETRECTNP"); | |
6417 | case 0x00B5: return wxT("EM_SCROLL"); | |
6418 | case 0x00B6: return wxT("EM_LINESCROLL"); | |
6419 | case 0x00B7: return wxT("EM_SCROLLCARET"); | |
6420 | case 0x00B8: return wxT("EM_GETMODIFY"); | |
6421 | case 0x00B9: return wxT("EM_SETMODIFY"); | |
6422 | case 0x00BA: return wxT("EM_GETLINECOUNT"); | |
6423 | case 0x00BB: return wxT("EM_LINEINDEX"); | |
6424 | case 0x00BC: return wxT("EM_SETHANDLE"); | |
6425 | case 0x00BD: return wxT("EM_GETHANDLE"); | |
6426 | case 0x00BE: return wxT("EM_GETTHUMB"); | |
6427 | case 0x00C1: return wxT("EM_LINELENGTH"); | |
6428 | case 0x00C2: return wxT("EM_REPLACESEL"); | |
6429 | case 0x00C4: return wxT("EM_GETLINE"); | |
6430 | case 0x00C5: return wxT("EM_LIMITTEXT/EM_SETLIMITTEXT"); /* ;win40 Name change */ | |
6431 | case 0x00C6: return wxT("EM_CANUNDO"); | |
6432 | case 0x00C7: return wxT("EM_UNDO"); | |
6433 | case 0x00C8: return wxT("EM_FMTLINES"); | |
6434 | case 0x00C9: return wxT("EM_LINEFROMCHAR"); | |
6435 | case 0x00CB: return wxT("EM_SETTABSTOPS"); | |
6436 | case 0x00CC: return wxT("EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6437 | case 0x00CD: return wxT("EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER"); | |
6438 | case 0x00CE: return wxT("EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE"); | |
6439 | case 0x00CF: return wxT("EM_SETREADONLY"); | |
6440 | case 0x00D0: return wxT("EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6441 | case 0x00D1: return wxT("EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC"); | |
6442 | case 0x00D2: return wxT("EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR"); | |
6443 | case 0x00D3: return wxT("EM_SETMARGINS"); | |
6444 | case 0x00D4: return wxT("EM_GETMARGINS"); | |
6445 | case 0x00D5: return wxT("EM_GETLIMITTEXT"); | |
6446 | case 0x00D6: return wxT("EM_POSFROMCHAR"); | |
6447 | case 0x00D7: return wxT("EM_CHARFROMPOS"); | |
6448 | case 0x00D8: return wxT("EM_SETIMESTATUS"); | |
6449 | case 0x00D9: return wxT("EM_GETIMESTATUS"); | |
6450 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6451 | case 0x0100: return wxT("WM_KEYDOWN"); |
6452 | case 0x0101: return wxT("WM_KEYUP"); | |
6453 | case 0x0102: return wxT("WM_CHAR"); | |
6454 | case 0x0103: return wxT("WM_DEADCHAR"); | |
6455 | case 0x0104: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYDOWN"); | |
6456 | case 0x0105: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYUP"); | |
6457 | case 0x0106: return wxT("WM_SYSCHAR"); | |
6458 | case 0x0107: return wxT("WM_SYSDEADCHAR"); | |
6459 | case 0x0108: return wxT("WM_KEYLAST"); | |
6460 | ||
6461 | case 0x010D: return wxT("WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION"); | |
6462 | case 0x010E: return wxT("WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION"); | |
6463 | case 0x010F: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITION"); | |
6464 | ||
6465 | case 0x0110: return wxT("WM_INITDIALOG"); | |
6466 | case 0x0111: return wxT("WM_COMMAND"); | |
6467 | case 0x0112: return wxT("WM_SYSCOMMAND"); | |
6468 | case 0x0113: return wxT("WM_TIMER"); | |
6469 | case 0x0114: return wxT("WM_HSCROLL"); | |
6470 | case 0x0115: return wxT("WM_VSCROLL"); | |
6471 | case 0x0116: return wxT("WM_INITMENU"); | |
6472 | case 0x0117: return wxT("WM_INITMENUPOPUP"); | |
6473 | case 0x011F: return wxT("WM_MENUSELECT"); | |
6474 | case 0x0120: return wxT("WM_MENUCHAR"); | |
6475 | case 0x0121: return wxT("WM_ENTERIDLE"); | |
609da8bb VZ |
6476 | |
6477 | case 0x0132: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX"); | |
6478 | case 0x0133: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOREDIT"); | |
6479 | case 0x0134: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX"); | |
6480 | case 0x0135: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORBTN"); | |
6481 | case 0x0136: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORDLG"); | |
6482 | case 0x0137: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR"); | |
6483 | case 0x0138: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC"); | |
6484 | case 0x01E1: return wxT("MN_GETHMENU"); | |
6485 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6486 | case 0x0200: return wxT("WM_MOUSEMOVE"); |
6487 | case 0x0201: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6488 | case 0x0202: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONUP"); | |
6489 | case 0x0203: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6490 | case 0x0204: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6491 | case 0x0205: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONUP"); | |
6492 | case 0x0206: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6493 | case 0x0207: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDOWN"); | |
6494 | case 0x0208: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONUP"); | |
6495 | case 0x0209: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
6496 | case 0x020A: return wxT("WM_MOUSEWHEEL"); | |
01101e2d VZ |
6497 | case 0x020B: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDOWN"); |
6498 | case 0x020C: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONUP"); | |
6499 | case 0x020D: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK"); | |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6500 | case 0x0210: return wxT("WM_PARENTNOTIFY"); |
6501 | case 0x0211: return wxT("WM_ENTERMENULOOP"); | |
6502 | case 0x0212: return wxT("WM_EXITMENULOOP"); | |
6503 | ||
6504 | case 0x0213: return wxT("WM_NEXTMENU"); | |
6505 | case 0x0214: return wxT("WM_SIZING"); | |
6506 | case 0x0215: return wxT("WM_CAPTURECHANGED"); | |
6507 | case 0x0216: return wxT("WM_MOVING"); | |
6508 | case 0x0218: return wxT("WM_POWERBROADCAST"); | |
6509 | case 0x0219: return wxT("WM_DEVICECHANGE"); | |
6510 | ||
6511 | case 0x0220: return wxT("WM_MDICREATE"); | |
6512 | case 0x0221: return wxT("WM_MDIDESTROY"); | |
6513 | case 0x0222: return wxT("WM_MDIACTIVATE"); | |
6514 | case 0x0223: return wxT("WM_MDIRESTORE"); | |
6515 | case 0x0224: return wxT("WM_MDINEXT"); | |
6516 | case 0x0225: return wxT("WM_MDIMAXIMIZE"); | |
6517 | case 0x0226: return wxT("WM_MDITILE"); | |
6518 | case 0x0227: return wxT("WM_MDICASCADE"); | |
6519 | case 0x0228: return wxT("WM_MDIICONARRANGE"); | |
6520 | case 0x0229: return wxT("WM_MDIGETACTIVE"); | |
6521 | case 0x0230: return wxT("WM_MDISETMENU"); | |
6522 | case 0x0233: return wxT("WM_DROPFILES"); | |
6523 | ||
6524 | case 0x0281: return wxT("WM_IME_SETCONTEXT"); | |
6525 | case 0x0282: return wxT("WM_IME_NOTIFY"); | |
6526 | case 0x0283: return wxT("WM_IME_CONTROL"); | |
6527 | case 0x0284: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL"); | |
6528 | case 0x0285: return wxT("WM_IME_SELECT"); | |
6529 | case 0x0286: return wxT("WM_IME_CHAR"); | |
6530 | case 0x0290: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYDOWN"); | |
6531 | case 0x0291: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYUP"); | |
6532 | ||
609da8bb VZ |
6533 | case 0x02A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEHOVER"); |
6534 | case 0x02A1: return wxT("WM_MOUSEHOVER"); | |
6535 | case 0x02A2: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSELEAVE"); | |
6536 | case 0x02A3: return wxT("WM_MOUSELEAVE"); | |
6537 | ||
4a712ba3 VZ |
6538 | case 0x0300: return wxT("WM_CUT"); |
6539 | case 0x0301: return wxT("WM_COPY"); | |
6540 | case 0x0302: return wxT("WM_PASTE"); | |
6541 | case 0x0303: return wxT("WM_CLEAR"); | |
6542 | case 0x0304: return wxT("WM_UNDO"); | |
6543 | case 0x0305: return wxT("WM_RENDERFORMAT"); | |
6544 | case 0x0306: return wxT("WM_RENDERALLFORMATS"); | |
6545 | case 0x0307: return wxT("WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD"); | |
6546 | case 0x0308: return wxT("WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD"); | |
6547 | case 0x0309: return wxT("WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD"); | |
6548 | case 0x030A: return wxT("WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6549 | case 0x030B: return wxT("WM_SIZECLIPBOARD"); | |
6550 | case 0x030C: return wxT("WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME"); | |
6551 | case 0x030D: return wxT("WM_CHANGECBCHAIN"); | |
6552 | case 0x030E: return wxT("WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD"); | |
6553 | case 0x030F: return wxT("WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE"); | |
6554 | case 0x0310: return wxT("WM_PALETTEISCHANGING"); | |
6555 | case 0x0311: return wxT("WM_PALETTECHANGED"); | |
4a712ba3 | 6556 | case 0x0312: return wxT("WM_HOTKEY"); |
609da8bb VZ |
6557 | |
6558 | case 0x0317: return wxT("WM_PRINT"); | |
6559 | case 0x0318: return wxT("WM_PRINTCLIENT"); | |
c085e333 | 6560 | |
2d0a075d JS |
6561 | // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking |
6562 | // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless | |
a02eb1d2 | 6563 | |
2d0a075d | 6564 | // listview |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6565 | case 0x1000 + 0: return wxT("LVM_GETBKCOLOR"); |
6566 | case 0x1000 + 1: return wxT("LVM_SETBKCOLOR"); | |
6567 | case 0x1000 + 2: return wxT("LVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6568 | case 0x1000 + 3: return wxT("LVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6569 | case 0x1000 + 4: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6570 | case 0x1000 + 5: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMA"); | |
6571 | case 0x1000 + 75: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMW"); | |
6572 | case 0x1000 + 6: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMA"); | |
6573 | case 0x1000 + 76: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMW"); | |
6574 | case 0x1000 + 7: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6575 | case 0x1000 + 77: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6576 | case 0x1000 + 8: return wxT("LVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6577 | case 0x1000 + 9: return wxT("LVM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
6578 | case 0x1000 + 10: return wxT("LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6579 | case 0x1000 + 11: return wxT("LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK"); | |
6580 | case 0x1000 + 12: return wxT("LVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
6581 | case 0x1000 + 13: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMA"); | |
6582 | case 0x1000 + 83: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMW"); | |
6583 | case 0x1000 + 14: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6584 | case 0x1000 + 15: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6585 | case 0x1000 + 16: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMPOSITION"); | |
6586 | case 0x1000 + 17: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA"); | |
6587 | case 0x1000 + 87: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW"); | |
6588 | case 0x1000 + 18: return wxT("LVM_HITTEST"); | |
6589 | case 0x1000 + 19: return wxT("LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
6590 | case 0x1000 + 20: return wxT("LVM_SCROLL"); | |
6591 | case 0x1000 + 21: return wxT("LVM_REDRAWITEMS"); | |
6592 | case 0x1000 + 22: return wxT("LVM_ARRANGE"); | |
6593 | case 0x1000 + 23: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
6594 | case 0x1000 + 118: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
6595 | case 0x1000 + 24: return wxT("LVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
6596 | case 0x1000 + 25: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNA"); | |
6597 | case 0x1000 + 95: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNW"); | |
6598 | case 0x1000 + 26: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNA"); | |
6599 | case 0x1000 + 96: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNW"); | |
6600 | case 0x1000 + 27: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA"); | |
6601 | case 0x1000 + 97: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW"); | |
6602 | case 0x1000 + 28: return wxT("LVM_DELETECOLUMN"); | |
6603 | case 0x1000 + 29: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6604 | case 0x1000 + 30: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH"); | |
6605 | case 0x1000 + 31: return wxT("LVM_GETHEADER"); | |
6606 | case 0x1000 + 33: return wxT("LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6607 | case 0x1000 + 34: return wxT("LVM_GETVIEWRECT"); | |
6608 | case 0x1000 + 35: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6609 | case 0x1000 + 36: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR"); | |
6610 | case 0x1000 + 37: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6611 | case 0x1000 + 38: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR"); | |
6612 | case 0x1000 + 39: return wxT("LVM_GETTOPINDEX"); | |
6613 | case 0x1000 + 40: return wxT("LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE"); | |
6614 | case 0x1000 + 41: return wxT("LVM_GETORIGIN"); | |
6615 | case 0x1000 + 42: return wxT("LVM_UPDATE"); | |
6616 | case 0x1000 + 43: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMSTATE"); | |
6617 | case 0x1000 + 44: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSTATE"); | |
6618 | case 0x1000 + 45: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6619 | case 0x1000 + 115: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6620 | case 0x1000 + 46: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTA"); | |
6621 | case 0x1000 + 116: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTW"); | |
6622 | case 0x1000 + 47: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6623 | case 0x1000 + 48: return wxT("LVM_SORTITEMS"); | |
6624 | case 0x1000 + 49: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32"); | |
6625 | case 0x1000 + 50: return wxT("LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT"); | |
6626 | case 0x1000 + 51: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSPACING"); | |
6627 | case 0x1000 + 52: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
6628 | case 0x1000 + 117: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
6629 | case 0x1000 + 53: return wxT("LVM_SETICONSPACING"); | |
6630 | case 0x1000 + 54: return wxT("LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
6631 | case 0x1000 + 55: return wxT("LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE"); | |
6632 | case 0x1000 + 56: return wxT("LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT"); | |
6633 | case 0x1000 + 57: return wxT("LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST"); | |
6634 | case 0x1000 + 58: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
6635 | case 0x1000 + 59: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY"); | |
6636 | case 0x1000 + 60: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTITEM"); | |
6637 | case 0x1000 + 61: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTITEM"); | |
6638 | case 0x1000 + 62: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTCURSOR"); | |
6639 | case 0x1000 + 63: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTCURSOR"); | |
6640 | case 0x1000 + 64: return wxT("LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT"); | |
6641 | case 0x1000 + 65: return wxT("LVM_SETWORKAREA"); | |
c085e333 | 6642 | |
2d0a075d | 6643 | // tree view |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6644 | case 0x1100 + 0: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMA"); |
6645 | case 0x1100 + 50: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6646 | case 0x1100 + 1: return wxT("TVM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6647 | case 0x1100 + 2: return wxT("TVM_EXPAND"); | |
6648 | case 0x1100 + 4: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6649 | case 0x1100 + 5: return wxT("TVM_GETCOUNT"); | |
6650 | case 0x1100 + 6: return wxT("TVM_GETINDENT"); | |
6651 | case 0x1100 + 7: return wxT("TVM_SETINDENT"); | |
6652 | case 0x1100 + 8: return wxT("TVM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6653 | case 0x1100 + 9: return wxT("TVM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6654 | case 0x1100 + 10: return wxT("TVM_GETNEXTITEM"); | |
6655 | case 0x1100 + 11: return wxT("TVM_SELECTITEM"); | |
6656 | case 0x1100 + 12: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMA"); | |
6657 | case 0x1100 + 62: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMW"); | |
6658 | case 0x1100 + 13: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMA"); | |
6659 | case 0x1100 + 63: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMW"); | |
6660 | case 0x1100 + 14: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELA"); | |
6661 | case 0x1100 + 65: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELW"); | |
6662 | case 0x1100 + 15: return wxT("TVM_GETEDITCONTROL"); | |
6663 | case 0x1100 + 16: return wxT("TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT"); | |
6664 | case 0x1100 + 17: return wxT("TVM_HITTEST"); | |
6665 | case 0x1100 + 18: return wxT("TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6666 | case 0x1100 + 19: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDREN"); | |
6667 | case 0x1100 + 20: return wxT("TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE"); | |
6668 | case 0x1100 + 21: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB"); | |
6669 | case 0x1100 + 22: return wxT("TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW"); | |
6670 | case 0x1100 + 23: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA"); | |
6671 | case 0x1100 + 64: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW"); | |
6672 | case 0x1100 + 24: return wxT("TVM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6673 | case 0x1100 + 25: return wxT("TVM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
c085e333 | 6674 | |
2d0a075d | 6675 | // header |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6676 | case 0x1200 + 0: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMCOUNT"); |
6677 | case 0x1200 + 1: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6678 | case 0x1200 + 10: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6679 | case 0x1200 + 2: return wxT("HDM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6680 | case 0x1200 + 3: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMA"); | |
6681 | case 0x1200 + 11: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMW"); | |
6682 | case 0x1200 + 4: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMA"); | |
6683 | case 0x1200 + 12: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMW"); | |
6684 | case 0x1200 + 5: return wxT("HDM_LAYOUT"); | |
6685 | case 0x1200 + 6: return wxT("HDM_HITTEST"); | |
6686 | case 0x1200 + 7: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6687 | case 0x1200 + 8: return wxT("HDM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6688 | case 0x1200 + 9: return wxT("HDM_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6689 | case 0x1200 + 15: return wxT("HDM_ORDERTOINDEX"); | |
6690 | case 0x1200 + 16: return wxT("HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE"); | |
6691 | case 0x1200 + 17: return wxT("HDM_GETORDERARRAY"); | |
6692 | case 0x1200 + 18: return wxT("HDM_SETORDERARRAY"); | |
6693 | case 0x1200 + 19: return wxT("HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER"); | |
c085e333 | 6694 | |
2d0a075d | 6695 | // tab control |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6696 | case 0x1300 + 2: return wxT("TCM_GETIMAGELIST"); |
6697 | case 0x1300 + 3: return wxT("TCM_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6698 | case 0x1300 + 4: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMCOUNT"); | |
6699 | case 0x1300 + 5: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMA"); | |
6700 | case 0x1300 + 60: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMW"); | |
6701 | case 0x1300 + 6: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMA"); | |
6702 | case 0x1300 + 61: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMW"); | |
6703 | case 0x1300 + 7: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMA"); | |
6704 | case 0x1300 + 62: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMW"); | |
6705 | case 0x1300 + 8: return wxT("TCM_DELETEITEM"); | |
6706 | case 0x1300 + 9: return wxT("TCM_DELETEALLITEMS"); | |
6707 | case 0x1300 + 10: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6708 | case 0x1300 + 11: return wxT("TCM_GETCURSEL"); | |
6709 | case 0x1300 + 12: return wxT("TCM_SETCURSEL"); | |
6710 | case 0x1300 + 13: return wxT("TCM_HITTEST"); | |
6711 | case 0x1300 + 14: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMEXTRA"); | |
6712 | case 0x1300 + 40: return wxT("TCM_ADJUSTRECT"); | |
6713 | case 0x1300 + 41: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMSIZE"); | |
6714 | case 0x1300 + 42: return wxT("TCM_REMOVEIMAGE"); | |
6715 | case 0x1300 + 43: return wxT("TCM_SETPADDING"); | |
6716 | case 0x1300 + 44: return wxT("TCM_GETROWCOUNT"); | |
6717 | case 0x1300 + 45: return wxT("TCM_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6718 | case 0x1300 + 46: return wxT("TCM_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6719 | case 0x1300 + 47: return wxT("TCM_GETCURFOCUS"); | |
6720 | case 0x1300 + 48: return wxT("TCM_SETCURFOCUS"); | |
6721 | case 0x1300 + 49: return wxT("TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH"); | |
6722 | case 0x1300 + 50: return wxT("TCM_DESELECTALL"); | |
c085e333 | 6723 | |
2d0a075d | 6724 | // toolbar |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6725 | case WM_USER+1: return wxT("TB_ENABLEBUTTON"); |
6726 | case WM_USER+2: return wxT("TB_CHECKBUTTON"); | |
6727 | case WM_USER+3: return wxT("TB_PRESSBUTTON"); | |
6728 | case WM_USER+4: return wxT("TB_HIDEBUTTON"); | |
6729 | case WM_USER+5: return wxT("TB_INDETERMINATE"); | |
6730 | case WM_USER+9: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONENABLED"); | |
6731 | case WM_USER+10: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED"); | |
6732 | case WM_USER+11: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED"); | |
6733 | case WM_USER+12: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN"); | |
6734 | case WM_USER+13: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE"); | |
6735 | case WM_USER+17: return wxT("TB_SETSTATE"); | |
6736 | case WM_USER+18: return wxT("TB_GETSTATE"); | |
6737 | case WM_USER+19: return wxT("TB_ADDBITMAP"); | |
6738 | case WM_USER+20: return wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS"); | |
6739 | case WM_USER+21: return wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON"); | |
6740 | case WM_USER+22: return wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON"); | |
6741 | case WM_USER+23: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTON"); | |
6742 | case WM_USER+24: return wxT("TB_BUTTONCOUNT"); | |
6743 | case WM_USER+25: return wxT("TB_COMMANDTOINDEX"); | |
6744 | case WM_USER+26: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREA"); | |
6745 | case WM_USER+76: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREW"); | |
6746 | case WM_USER+27: return wxT("TB_CUSTOMIZE"); | |
6747 | case WM_USER+28: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGA"); | |
6748 | case WM_USER+77: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGW"); | |
6749 | case WM_USER+29: return wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT"); | |
6750 | case WM_USER+30: return wxT("TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE"); | |
6751 | case WM_USER+31: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
6752 | case WM_USER+32: return wxT("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE"); | |
6753 | case WM_USER+33: return wxT("TB_AUTOSIZE"); | |
6754 | case WM_USER+35: return wxT("TB_GETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6755 | case WM_USER+36: return wxT("TB_SETTOOLTIPS"); | |
6756 | case WM_USER+37: return wxT("TB_SETPARENT"); | |
6757 | case WM_USER+39: return wxT("TB_SETROWS"); | |
6758 | case WM_USER+40: return wxT("TB_GETROWS"); | |
6759 | case WM_USER+42: return wxT("TB_SETCMDID"); | |
6760 | case WM_USER+43: return wxT("TB_CHANGEBITMAP"); | |
6761 | case WM_USER+44: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAP"); | |
6762 | case WM_USER+45: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA"); | |
6763 | case WM_USER+75: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW"); | |
6764 | case WM_USER+46: return wxT("TB_REPLACEBITMAP"); | |
6765 | case WM_USER+47: return wxT("TB_SETINDENT"); | |
6766 | case WM_USER+48: return wxT("TB_SETIMAGELIST"); | |
6767 | case WM_USER+49: return wxT("TB_GETIMAGELIST"); | |
6768 | case WM_USER+50: return wxT("TB_LOADIMAGES"); | |
6769 | case WM_USER+51: return wxT("TB_GETRECT"); | |
6770 | case WM_USER+52: return wxT("TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
6771 | case WM_USER+53: return wxT("TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST"); | |
6772 | case WM_USER+54: return wxT("TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
6773 | case WM_USER+55: return wxT("TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST"); | |
6774 | case WM_USER+56: return wxT("TB_SETSTYLE"); | |
6775 | case WM_USER+57: return wxT("TB_GETSTYLE"); | |
6776 | case WM_USER+58: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONSIZE"); | |
6777 | case WM_USER+59: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH"); | |
6778 | case WM_USER+60: return wxT("TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS"); | |
6779 | case WM_USER+61: return wxT("TB_GETTEXTROWS"); | |
6780 | case WM_USER+41: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS"); | |
c085e333 | 6781 | |
42e69d6b | 6782 | default: |
4a712ba3 VZ |
6783 | static wxString s_szBuf; |
6784 | s_szBuf.Printf(wxT("<unknown message = %d>"), message); | |
6785 | return s_szBuf.c_str(); | |
42e69d6b | 6786 | } |
47cbd6da | 6787 | } |
ea57084d | 6788 | #endif //__WXDEBUG__ |
4aff28fc | 6789 | |
1e6feb95 | 6790 | static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win) |
f6bcfd97 BP |
6791 | { |
6792 | // prepare the DC | |
6793 | TEXTMETRIC tm; | |
6794 | HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win); | |
6795 | HDC hdc = ::GetDC(hwnd); | |
6796 | ||
6797 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
6798 | // and select the current font into it | |
6799 | HFONT hfont = GetHfontOf(win->GetFont()); | |
6800 | if ( hfont ) | |
6801 | { | |
6802 | hfont = (HFONT)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
6803 | } | |
6804 | #endif | |
6805 | ||
6806 | // finally retrieve the text metrics from it | |
6807 | GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); | |
6808 | ||
6809 | #if !wxDIALOG_UNIT_COMPATIBILITY | |
6810 | // and clean up | |
6811 | if ( hfont ) | |
6812 | { | |
6813 | (void)::SelectObject(hdc, hfont); | |
6814 | } | |
6815 | #endif | |
6816 | ||
6817 | ::ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc); | |
6818 | ||
6819 | return tm; | |
6820 | } | |
3723b7b1 JS |
6821 | |
6822 | // Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse | |
6823 | // position. | |
2b5f62a0 | 6824 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt) |
3723b7b1 | 6825 | { |
2b5f62a0 VZ |
6826 | pt = wxGetMousePosition(); |
6827 | return wxFindWindowAtPoint(pt); | |
57591e0e JS |
6828 | } |
6829 | ||
6830 | wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt) | |
6831 | { | |
6832 | POINT pt2; | |
6833 | pt2.x = pt.x; | |
6834 | pt2.y = pt.y; | |
3723b7b1 | 6835 | |
ab3eae34 | 6836 | HWND hWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2); |
3723b7b1 | 6837 | |
ab3eae34 | 6838 | return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd); |
3723b7b1 JS |
6839 | } |
6840 | ||
6841 | // Get the current mouse position. | |
6842 | wxPoint wxGetMousePosition() | |
6843 | { | |
1772ead0 | 6844 | POINT pt; |
f2325516 JS |
6845 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
6846 | GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt); | |
6847 | #else | |
1772ead0 | 6848 | GetCursorPos( & pt ); |
f2325516 | 6849 | #endif |
5cd16c0c | 6850 | |
1772ead0 | 6851 | return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y); |
3723b7b1 JS |
6852 | } |
6853 | ||
5048c832 | 6854 | #if wxUSE_HOTKEY |
540b6b09 | 6855 | |
afafd942 JS |
6856 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6857 | static void WinCEUnregisterHotKey(int modifiers, int id) | |
6858 | { | |
6859 | // Register hotkeys for the hardware buttons | |
6860 | HINSTANCE hCoreDll; | |
6861 | typedef BOOL (WINAPI *UnregisterFunc1Proc)(UINT, UINT); | |
6862 | ||
6863 | UnregisterFunc1Proc procUnregisterFunc; | |
6864 | hCoreDll = LoadLibrary(_T("coredll.dll")); | |
6865 | if (hCoreDll) | |
6866 | { | |
6867 | procUnregisterFunc = (UnregisterFunc1Proc)GetProcAddress(hCoreDll, _T("UnregisterFunc1")); | |
6868 | if (procUnregisterFunc) | |
6869 | procUnregisterFunc(modifiers, id); | |
6870 | FreeLibrary(hCoreDll); | |
6871 | } | |
6872 | } | |
6873 | #endif | |
6874 | ||
540b6b09 | 6875 | bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) |
5048c832 JS |
6876 | { |
6877 | UINT win_modifiers=0; | |
540b6b09 VZ |
6878 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_ALT ) |
6879 | win_modifiers |= MOD_ALT; | |
6880 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_SHIFT ) | |
6881 | win_modifiers |= MOD_SHIFT; | |
6882 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_CONTROL ) | |
6883 | win_modifiers |= MOD_CONTROL; | |
6884 | if ( modifiers & wxMOD_WIN ) | |
6885 | win_modifiers |= MOD_WIN; | |
6886 | ||
afafd942 JS |
6887 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6888 | // Required for PPC and Smartphone hardware buttons | |
6889 | if (keycode >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && keycode <= WXK_SPECIAL20) | |
6890 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(win_modifiers, hotkeyId); | |
6891 | #endif | |
6892 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
6893 | if ( !::RegisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId, win_modifiers, keycode) ) |
6894 | { | |
6895 | wxLogLastError(_T("RegisterHotKey")); | |
5048c832 | 6896 | |
08158721 | 6897 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
6898 | } |
6899 | ||
08158721 | 6900 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
6901 | } |
6902 | ||
6903 | bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId) | |
6904 | { | |
afafd942 JS |
6905 | #if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__) |
6906 | WinCEUnregisterHotKey(MOD_WIN, hotkeyId); | |
6907 | #endif | |
6908 | ||
540b6b09 VZ |
6909 | if ( !::UnregisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId) ) |
6910 | { | |
6911 | wxLogLastError(_T("UnregisterHotKey")); | |
6912 | ||
08158721 | 6913 | return false; |
540b6b09 VZ |
6914 | } |
6915 | ||
08158721 | 6916 | return true; |
5048c832 JS |
6917 | } |
6918 | ||
0b4f47a3 DS |
6919 | #if wxUSE_ACCEL |
6920 | ||
5048c832 JS |
6921 | bool wxWindowMSW::HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam) |
6922 | { | |
540b6b09 VZ |
6923 | int hotkeyId = wParam; |
6924 | int virtualKey = HIWORD(lParam); | |
6925 | int win_modifiers = LOWORD(lParam); | |
6926 | ||
5048c832 JS |
6927 | wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, virtualKey, wParam, lParam)); |
6928 | event.SetId(hotkeyId); | |
6929 | event.m_shiftDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT) != 0; | |
6930 | event.m_controlDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL) != 0; | |
6931 | event.m_altDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_ALT) != 0; | |
6932 | event.m_metaDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_WIN) != 0; | |
540b6b09 VZ |
6933 | |
6934 | return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
5048c832 | 6935 | } |
540b6b09 | 6936 | |
0b4f47a3 DS |
6937 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL |
6938 | ||
540b6b09 | 6939 | #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY |
5048c832 | 6940 | |
550049c2 | 6941 | // Not tested under WinCE |
d79df32c | 6942 | #ifndef __WXWINCE__ |
d79df32c | 6943 | |
550049c2 VZ |
6944 | // this class installs a message hook which really wakes up our idle processing |
6945 | // each time a WM_NULL is received (wxWakeUpIdle does this), even if we're | |
6946 | // sitting inside a local modal loop (e.g. a menu is opened or scrollbar is | |
6947 | // being dragged or even inside ::MessageBox()) and so don't control message | |
6948 | // dispatching otherwise | |
6949 | class wxIdleWakeUpModule : public wxModule | |
6950 | { | |
d79df32c | 6951 | public: |
3a3c8603 | 6952 | virtual bool OnInit() |
550049c2 | 6953 | { |
3a3c8603 | 6954 | ms_hMsgHookProc = ::SetWindowsHookEx |
550049c2 VZ |
6955 | ( |
6956 | WH_GETMESSAGE, | |
6957 | &wxIdleWakeUpModule::MsgHookProc, | |
6958 | NULL, | |
6959 | GetCurrentThreadId() | |
6960 | ); | |
d79df32c | 6961 | |
550049c2 VZ |
6962 | if ( !ms_hMsgHookProc ) |
6963 | { | |
6964 | wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)")); | |
6965 | ||
6966 | return false; | |
6967 | } | |
6968 | ||
6969 | return true; | |
3a3c8603 | 6970 | } |
550049c2 | 6971 | |
3a3c8603 | 6972 | virtual void OnExit() |
550049c2 | 6973 | { |
3a3c8603 DS |
6974 | ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc); |
6975 | } | |
550049c2 | 6976 | |
3a3c8603 | 6977 | static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgHookProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) |
550049c2 | 6978 | { |
3a3c8603 | 6979 | MSG *msg = (MSG*)lParam; |
34ea3c74 VZ |
6980 | |
6981 | // only process the message if it is actually going to be removed from | |
6982 | // the message queue, this prevents that the same event from being | |
6983 | // processed multiple times if now someone just called PeekMessage() | |
6984 | if ( msg->message == WM_NULL && wParam == PM_REMOVE ) | |
3a3c8603 | 6985 | { |
550049c2 | 6986 | wxTheApp->ProcessPendingEvents(); |
3a3c8603 | 6987 | } |
550049c2 | 6988 | |
3a3c8603 | 6989 | return CallNextHookEx(ms_hMsgHookProc, nCode, wParam, lParam); |
47b378bd | 6990 | } |
550049c2 | 6991 | |
d79df32c | 6992 | private: |
3a3c8603 | 6993 | static HHOOK ms_hMsgHookProc; |
550049c2 VZ |
6994 | |
6995 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule) | |
d79df32c | 6996 | }; |
d79df32c | 6997 | |
550049c2 VZ |
6998 | HHOOK wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc = 0; |
6999 | ||
7000 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule, wxModule) | |
7001 | ||
7002 | #endif // __WXWINCE__ | |
3a3c8603 | 7003 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7004 | #ifdef __WXWINCE__ |
7005 | ||
7006 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7007 | static void wxAdjustZOrder(wxWindow* parent) | |
7008 | { | |
7009 | if (parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticBox))) | |
7010 | { | |
7011 | // Set the z-order correctly | |
7012 | SetWindowPos((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE); | |
7013 | } | |
35bbb0c6 | 7014 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7015 | wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst(); |
7016 | while (current) | |
7017 | { | |
7018 | wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData(); | |
7019 | wxAdjustZOrder(childWin); | |
7020 | current = current->GetNext(); | |
7021 | } | |
7022 | } | |
7023 | #endif | |
7024 | ||
7025 | // We need to adjust the z-order of static boxes in WinCE, to | |
7026 | // make 'contained' controls visible | |
7027 | void wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent& event ) | |
7028 | { | |
7029 | #if wxUSE_STATBOX | |
7030 | wxAdjustZOrder(this); | |
7031 | #endif | |
35bbb0c6 | 7032 | |
d26e1ab2 JS |
7033 | event.Skip(); |
7034 | } | |
7035 | #endif |